Provided by: mplayer_1.1+dfsg1-0ubuntu3.1_amd64 bug

NAME

       mplayer  - movie player
       mencoder - movie encoder

SYNOPSIS

       mplayer [options] [file|URL|playlist|-]
       mplayer [options] file1 [specific options] [file2] [specific options]
       mplayer [options] {group of files and options} [group-specific options]
       mplayer [br]://[title][/device] [options]
       mplayer [dvd|dvdnav]://[title|[start_title]-end_title][/device] [options]
       mplayer vcd://track[/device]
       mplayer tv://[channel][/input_id] [options]
       mplayer radio://[channel|frequency][/capture] [options]
       mplayer pvr:// [options]
       mplayer dvb://[card_number@]channel [options]
       mplayer mf://[filemask|@listfile] [-mf options] [options]
       mplayer [cdda|cddb]://track[-endtrack][:speed][/device] [options]
       mplayer cue://file[:track] [options]
       mplayer [file|mms[t]|http|http_proxy|rt[s]p|ftp|udp|unsv|icyx|noicyx|smb]:// [user:pass@]URL[:port]
       [options]
       mplayer sdp://file [options]
       mplayer mpst://host[:port]/URL [options]
       mplayer tivo://host/[list|llist|fsid] [options]
       gmplayer [options] [-skin skin]
       mencoder [options] file [file|URL|-] [-o file | file://file | smb://[user:pass@]host/filepath]
       mencoder [options] file1 [specific options] [file2] [specific options]

DESCRIPTION

       mplayer is a movie player for Linux (runs  on  many  other  platforms  and  CPU  architectures,  see  the
       documentation).   It  plays  most  MPEG/VOB,  AVI,  ASF/WMA/WMV, RM, QT/MOV/MP4, Ogg/OGM, MKV, VIVO, FLI,
       NuppelVideo, yuv4mpeg, FILM and RoQ files, supported by many native and binary  codecs.   You  can  watch
       VCD, SVCD, DVD, Blu-ray, 3ivx, DivX 3/4/5, WMV and even H.264 movies, too.

       MPlayer  supports  a  wide  range of video and audio output drivers.  It works with X11, Xv, DGA, OpenGL,
       SVGAlib, fbdev, AAlib, libcaca, DirectFB, Quartz, Mac OS X CoreVideo, but you can also use GGI, SDL  (and
       all  their drivers), VESA (on every VESA-compatible card, even without X11), some low-level card-specific
       drivers (for Matrox, 3dfx and ATI) and some hardware MPEG  decoder  boards,  such  as  the  Siemens  DVB,
       Hauppauge  PVR  (IVTV),  DXR2 and DXR3/Hollywood+.  Most of them support software or hardware scaling, so
       you can enjoy movies in fullscreen mode.

       MPlayer has an onscreen display (OSD) for status information, nice big antialiased shaded  subtitles  and
       visual  feedback  for keyboard controls.  European/ISO8859-1,2 (Hungarian, English, Czech, etc), Cyrillic
       and Korean fonts are supported along with 12 subtitle formats (MicroDVD, SubRip,  OGM,  SubViewer,  Sami,
       VPlayer,  RT,  SSA,  AQTitle, JACOsub, PJS and our own: MPsub) and DVD subtitles (SPU streams, VOBsub and
       Closed Captions).

       mencoder (MPlayer's Movie Encoder) is a simple movie encoder, designed to encode MPlayer-playable  movies
       (see  above) to other MPlayer-playable formats (see below).  It encodes to MPEG-4 (DivX/Xvid), one of the
       libavcodec codecs and PCM/MP3/VBRMP3 audio in 1, 2 or  3  passes.   Furthermore  it  has  stream  copying
       abilities,  a  powerful  filter  system  (crop,  expand, flip, postprocess, rotate, scale, noise, RGB/YUV
       conversion) and more.

       gmplayer is MPlayer with a graphical user interface.  Besides some own options (stored in  gui.conf),  it
       has the same options as MPlayer, however some MPlayer options will be stored in gui.conf so that they can
       be chosen independently from MPlayer. (See GUI CONFIGURATION FILE below.)

       Usage examples to get you started quickly can be found at the end of this man page.

       Also see the HTML documentation!

INTERACTIVE CONTROL

       MPlayer has a fully configurable, command-driven control layer which allows you to control MPlayer  using
       keyboard, mouse, joystick or remote control (with LIRC).  See the -input option for ways to customize it.

       keyboard control
              LEFT and RIGHT
                   Seek backward/forward 10 seconds.
              UP and DOWN
                   Seek forward/backward 1 minute.
              PGUP and PGDWN
                   Seek forward/backward 10 minutes.
              [ and ]
                   Decrease/increase current playback speed by 10%.
              { and }
                   Halve/double current playback speed.
              BACKSPACE
                   Reset playback speed to normal.
              < and >
                   Go backward/forward in the playlist.
              ENTER
                   Go forward in the playlist, even over the end.
              HOME and END
                   next/previous playtree entry in the parent list
              INS and DEL (ASX playlist only)
                   next/previous alternative source.
              p / SPACE
                   Pause (pressing again unpauses).
              .
                   Step  forward.   Pressing  once will pause movie, every consecutive press will play one frame
                   and then go into pause mode again (any other key unpauses).
              q / ESC
                   Stop playing and quit.
              U
                   Stop playing (and quit if -idle is not used).
              + and -
                   Adjust audio delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
              / and *
                   Decrease/increase volume.
              9 and 0
                   Decrease/increase volume.
              ( and )
                   Adjust audio balance in favor of left/right channel.
              m
                   Mute sound.
              _ (MPEG-TS, AVI and libavformat only)
                   Cycle through the available video tracks.
              # (DVD, Blu-ray, MPEG, Matroska, AVI and libavformat only)
                   Cycle through the available audio tracks.
              TAB (MPEG-TS and libavformat only)
                   Cycle through the available programs.
              f
                   Toggle fullscreen (also see -fs).
              T
                   Toggle stay-on-top (also see -ontop).
              w and e
                   Decrease/increase pan-and-scan range.
              o
                   Toggle OSD states: none / seek / seek + timer / seek + timer + total time.
              d
                   Toggle frame dropping states: none /  skip  display  /  skip  decoding  (see  -framedrop  and
                   -hardframedrop).
              v
                   Toggle subtitle visibility.
              j and J
                   Cycle through the available subtitles.
              y and g
                   Step forward/backward in the subtitle list.
              F
                   Toggle displaying "forced subtitles".
              a
                   Toggle subtitle alignment: top / middle / bottom.
              x and z
                   Adjust subtitle delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
              c (-capture only)
                   Start/stop capturing the primary stream.
              r and t
                   Move subtitles up/down.
              i (-edlout mode only)
                   Set start or end of an EDL skip and write it out to the given file.
              s (-vf screenshot only)
                   Take a screenshot.
              S (-vf screenshot only)
                   Start/stop taking screenshots.
              I
                   Show filename on the OSD.
              P
                   Show progression bar, elapsed time and total duration on the OSD.
              ! and @
                   Seek to the beginning of the previous/next chapter.
              D (-vo xvmc, -vo vdpau, -vf yadif, -vf kerndeint only)
                   Activate/deactivate deinterlacer.
              A    Cycle through the available DVD angles.

              (The  following  keys are valid only when using a hardware accelerated video output (xv, (x)vidix,
              (x)mga, etc), the software equalizer (-vf eq or -vf eq2) or hue filter (-vf hue).)

              1 and 2
                   Adjust contrast.
              3 and 4
                   Adjust brightness.
              5 and 6
                   Adjust hue.
              7 and 8
                   Adjust saturation.

              (The following keys are valid only when using the quartz or corevideo video output driver.)

              command + 0
                   Resize movie window to half its original size.
              command + 1
                   Resize movie window to its original size.
              command + 2
                   Resize movie window to double its original size.
              command + f
                   Toggle fullscreen (also see -fs).
              command + [ and command + ]
                   Set movie window alpha.

              (The following keys are valid only when using the sdl video output driver.)

              c
                   Cycle through available fullscreen modes.
              n
                   Restore original mode.

              (The following keys are valid if you have a keyboard with multimedia keys.)

              PAUSE
                   Pause.
              STOP
                   Stop playing and quit.
              PREVIOUS and NEXT
                   Seek backward/forward 1 minute.

              (The following keys are only valid if you compiled with TV or DVB  input  support  and  will  take
              precedence over the keys defined above.)

              h and k
                   Select previous/next channel.
              n
                   Change norm.
              u
                   Change channel list.

              (The  following keys are only valid if you compiled with dvdnav support: They are used to navigate
              the menus.)

              keypad 8
                   Select button up.
              keypad 2
                   Select button down.
              keypad 4
                   Select button left.
              keypad 6
                   Select button right.
              keypad 5
                   Return to main menu.
              keypad 7
                   Return to nearest menu (the order of preference is: chapter->title->root).
              keypad ENTER
                   Confirm choice.

              (The following keys are used for controlling TV teletext. The data may come from either an  analog
              TV source or an MPEG transport stream.)

              X
                   Switch teletext on/off.
              Q and W
                   Go to next/prev teletext page.

       mouse control
              button 3 and button 4
                   Seek backward/forward 1 minute.
              button 5 and button 6
                   Decrease/increase volume.

       joystick control
              left and right
                   Seek backward/forward 10 seconds.
              up and down
                   Seek forward/backward 1 minute.
              button 1
                   Pause.
              button 2
                   Toggle OSD states: none / seek / seek + timer / seek + timer + total time.
              button 3 and button 4
                   Decrease/increase volume.

USAGE

       Every 'flag' option has a 'noflag' counterpart, e.g. the opposite of the -fs option is -nofs.

       If  an  option is marked as (XXX only), it will only work in combination with the XXX option or if XXX is
       compiled in.

       NOTE: The suboption parser (used for example for -ao pcm suboptions) supports a special kind  of  string-
       escaping intended for use with external GUIs.
       It has the following format:
       %n%string_of_length_n
       EXAMPLES:
       mplayer -ao pcm:file=%10%C:test.wav test.avi
       Or in a script:
       mplayer -ao pcm:file=%`expr length "$NAME"`%"$NAME" test.avi

CONFIGURATION FILES

       You  can  put all of the options in configuration files which will be read every time MPlayer/MEncoder is
       run.  The system-wide configuration file 'mplayer.conf' is in your configuration  directory  (e.g.  /etc/
       mplayer or /usr/local/etc/mplayer), the user specific one is '~/.mplayer/config'.  The configuration file
       for MEncoder is 'mencoder.conf' in your configuration directory  (e.g.  /etc/mplayer  or  /usr/local/etc/
       mplayer),  the  user  specific one is '~/.mplayer/mencoder.conf'.  User specific options override system-
       wide options (in case of gmplayer, gui.conf options override user specific options) and options given  on
       the  command  line  override  all.  The syntax of the configuration files is 'option=<value>', everything
       after a '#' is considered a comment.  Options that work without values can be enabled by setting them  to
       'yes'  or  '1'  or 'true' and disabled by setting them to 'no' or '0' or 'false'.  Even suboptions can be
       specified in this way.

       You can also write file-specific configuration files.  If you wish to have a  configuration  file  for  a
       file  called  'movie.avi',  create a file named 'movie.avi.conf' with the file-specific options in it and
       put it in ~/.mplayer/.  You can also put the configuration file in the same directory as the file  to  be
       played,  as  long  as you give the -use-filedir-conf option (either on the command line or in your global
       config file).  If a file-specific configuration file is found in the  same  directory,  no  file-specific
       configuration  is  loaded  from ~/.mplayer.  In addition, the -use-filedir-conf option enables directory-
       specific configuration files.  For this, MPlayer first  tries  to  load  a  mplayer.conf  from  the  same
       directory as the file played and then tries to load any file-specific configuration.

       EXAMPLE MPLAYER CONFIGURATION FILE:

       # Use Matrox driver by default.
       vo=xmga
       # I love practicing handstands while watching videos.
       flip=yes
       # Decode/encode multiple files from PNG,
       # start with mf://filemask
       mf=type=png:fps=25
       # Eerie negative images are cool.
       vf=eq2=1.0:-0.8
       # OSD progress bar vertical alignment
       progbar-align=50

       EXAMPLE MENCODER CONFIGURATION FILE:

       # Make MEncoder output to a default filename.
       o=encoded.avi
       # The next 4 lines allow mencoder tv:// to start capturing immediately.
       oac=pcm=yes
       ovc=lavc=yes
       lavcopts=vcodec=mjpeg
       tv=driver=v4l2:input=1:width=768:height=576:device=/dev/video0:audiorate=48000
       # more complex default encoding option set
       lavcopts=vcodec=mpeg4:autoaspect=1
       lameopts=aq=2:vbr=4
       ovc=lavc=1
       oac=lavc=1
       passlogfile=pass1stats.log
       noautoexpand=1
       subfont-autoscale=3
       subfont-osd-scale=6
       subfont-text-scale=4
       subalign=2
       subpos=96
       spuaa=20

       GUI CONFIGURATION FILE

       GUI's  own  options are (MPlayer option names in parentheses): ao_alsa_device (alsa:device=) (ALSA only),
       ao_alsa_mixer (mixer) (ALSA  only),  ao_alsa_mixer_channel  (mixer-channel)  (ALSA  only),  ao_esd_device
       (esd:)  (ESD  only),  ao_extra_stereo  (af  extrastereo)  (default: 1.0), ao_extra_stereo_coefficient (af
       extrastereo=), ao_oss_device (oss:) (OSS only), ao_oss_mixer  (mixer)  (OSS  only),  ao_oss_mixer_channel
       (mixer-channel)  (OSS  only),  ao_sdl_subdriver  (sdl:)  (SDL only), ao_surround (unused), ao_volnorm (af
       volnorm),  autosync  (enable/disable),  autosync_size  (autosync),  cache  (enable/disable),   cache_size
       (cache), enable_audio_equ (af equalizer), equ_band_00 ... equ_band_59, (af equalizer=), equ_channel_1 ...
       equ_channel_6 (af channels=), gui_main_pos_x, gui_main_pos_y, gui_save_pos (yes/no), gui_video_out_pos_x,
       gui_video_out_pos_y, load_fullscreen  (yes/no), playbar (enable/disable), show_videowin (yes/no), vf_lavc
       (vf lavc) (DXR3 only), vf_pp (vf pp), vo_dxr3_device (unused) (DXR3 only).

       MPlayer options stored in gui.conf (GUI option names, MPlayer option names  in  parentheses)  are:  a_afm
       (afm),  ao_driver  (ao),  ass_bottom_margin (ass-bottom-margin) (ASS only), ass_enabled (ass) (ASS only),
       ass_top_margin (ass-top-margin) (ASS only), ass_use_margins (ass-use-margins)  (ASS  only),  cdrom_device
       (cdrom-device),  dvd_device  (dvd-device),  font_autoscale (subfont-autoscale) (FreeType only), font_blur
       (subfont-blur) (FreeType only), font_encoding (subfont-encoding) (FreeType only), font_factor  (ffactor),
       font_name  (font),  font_osd_scale  (subfont-osd-scale)  (FreeType  only), font_outline (subfont-outline)
       (FreeType  only),  font_text_scale  (subfont-text-scale)  (FreeType  only),  gui_skin  (skin),  osd_level
       (osdlevel),  softvol  (softvol),  stopxscreensaver  (stop-xscreensaver),  sub_auto_load (autosub), sub_cp
       (subcp) (iconv only), sub_overlap (overlapsub), sub_pos (subpos), sub_unicode (unicode),  v_flip  (flip),
       v_framedrop  (framedrop),  v_idx  (idx),  v_ni  (ni),  v_vfm  (vfm),  vf_autoq  (autoq), vo_direct_render
       (panscan), vo_doublebuffering (dr), vo_driver (vo), vo_panscan (double).

PROFILES

       To ease working with different configurations profiles can be defined  in  the  configuration  files.   A
       profile starts with its name between square brackets, e.g. '[my-profile]'.  All following options will be
       part of the profile.  A description (shown by -profile help) can be defined with the profile-desc option.
       To end the profile, start another one or use the profile name 'default' to continue with normal options.

       EXAMPLE MPLAYER PROFILE:

       [protocol.dvd]
       profile-desc="profile for dvd:// streams"
       vf=pp=hb/vb/dr/al/fd
       alang=en

       [protocol.dvdnav]
       profile-desc="profile for dvdnav:// streams"
       profile=protocol.dvd
       mouse-movements=yes
       nocache=yes

       [extension.flv]
       profile-desc="profile for .flv files"
       flip=yes

       [vo.pnm]
       outdir=/tmp

       [ao.alsa]
       device=spdif

       EXAMPLE MENCODER PROFILE:

       [mpeg4]
       profile-desc="MPEG4 encoding"
       ovc=lacv=yes
       lavcopts=vcodec=mpeg4:vbitrate=1200

       [mpeg4-hq]
       profile-desc="HQ MPEG4 encoding"
       profile=mpeg4
       lavcopts=mbd=2:trell=yes:v4mv=yes

GENERAL OPTIONS

       -codecpath <dir>
              Specify a directory for binary codecs.

       -codecs-file <filename> (also see -afm, -ac, -vfm, -vc)
              Override the standard search path and use the specified file instead of the builtin codecs.conf.

       -include <configuration file> (also see -gui-include)
              Specify configuration file to be parsed after the default ones.

       -list-options
              Prints all available options.

       -msgcharset <charset>
              Convert  console  messages  to the specified character set (default: autodetect).  Text will be in
              the encoding specified with the --charset configure option.   Set  this  to  "noconv"  to  disable
              conversion (for e.g. iconv problems).
              NOTE:  The  option  takes  effect  after  command  line parsing has finished.  The MPLAYER_CHARSET
              environment variable can help you get rid of the first lines of garbled output.

       -msgcolor
              Enable colorful console output on terminals that support ANSI color.

       -msglevel <all=<level>:<module>=<level>:...>
              Control verbosity directly for each module.  The 'all' module changes the  verbosity  of  all  the
              modules  not  explicitly  specified  on  the command line.  See '-msglevel help' for a list of all
              modules.
              NOTE: Some messages are printed before the command line is parsed and are therefore  not  affected
              by -msglevel.  To control these messages you have to use the MPLAYER_VERBOSE environment variable,
              see its description below for details.
              Available levels:
                 -1   complete silence
                  0   fatal messages only
                  1   error messages
                  2   warning messages
                  3   short hints
                  4   informational messages
                  5   status messages (default)
                  6   verbose messages
                  7   debug level 2
                  8   debug level 3
                  9   debug level 4

       -msgmodule
              Prepend module name in front of each console message.

       -noconfig <options>
              Do not parse selected configuration files.
              NOTE: If -include or -use-filedir-conf options are specified at the command  line,  they  will  be
              honoured.

              Available options are:
                 all
                      all configuration files
                 gui (GUI only)
                      GUI configuration file
                 system
                      system configuration file
                 user
                      user configuration file

       -quiet
              Make  console output less verbose; in particular, prevents the status line (i.e. A:   0.7 V:   0.6
              A-V:  0.068 ...) from being displayed.  Particularly useful on slow terminals or broken ones which
              do not properly handle carriage return (i.e. \r).

       -priority <prio> (Windows and OS/2 only)
              Set  process  priority  for MPlayer according to the predefined priorities available under Windows
              and OS/2.  Possible values of <prio>:
                 idle|belownormal|normal|abovenormal|high|realtime

              WARNING: Using realtime priority can cause system lockup.

       -profile <profile1,profile2,...>
              Use the given profile(s), -profile help displays a list of the defined profiles.

       -really-quiet (also see -quiet)
              Display even less output and status messages than with -quiet.   Also  suppresses  the  GUI  error
              message boxes.

       -show-profile <profile>
              Show the description and content of a profile.

       -use-filedir-conf
              Look  for  a  file-specific  configuration  file  in  the same directory as the file that is being
              played.
              WARNING: May be dangerous if playing from untrusted media.

       -v
              Increment verbosity level, one level for each -v found on the command line.

PLAYER OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)

       -autoq <quality> (use with -vf [s]pp)
              Dynamically changes the level of postprocessing depending on the available spare  CPU  time.   The
              number you specify will be the maximum level used.  Usually you can use some big number.  You have
              to use -vf [s]pp without parameters in order for this to work.

       -autosync <factor>
              Gradually adjusts the A/V sync based on audio delay measurements.   Specifying  -autosync  0,  the
              default,  will  cause  frame  timing to be based entirely on audio delay measurements.  Specifying
              -autosync 1 will do the same, but will subtly change the  A/V  correction  algorithm.   An  uneven
              video  framerate  in a movie which plays fine with -nosound can often be helped by setting this to
              an integer value greater than 1.  The higher the value, the closer the timing will be to -nosound.
              Try  -autosync 30 to smooth out problems with sound drivers which do not implement a perfect audio
              delay measurement.  With this value, if large A/V sync offsets occur, they will only take about  1
              or  2 seconds to settle out.  This delay in reaction time to sudden A/V offsets should be the only
              side-effect of turning this option on, for all sound drivers.

       -benchmark
              Prints some statistics on CPU usage and dropped frames at the end of playback.  Use in combination
              with -nosound and -vo null for benchmarking only the video codec.
              NOTE:  With  this  option MPlayer will also ignore frame duration when playing only video (you can
              think of that as infinite fps).

       -colorkey <number>
              Changes the colorkey to an RGB value of your choice.  0x000000 is black  and  0xffffff  is  white.
              Only  supported  by  the  cvidix,  fbdev,  svga,  vesa, winvidix, xmga, xvidix, xover, xv (see -vo
              xv:ck), xvmc (see -vo xv:ck) and directx video output drivers.

       -nocolorkey
              Disables colorkeying.  Only supported by the cvidix, fbdev, svga, vesa,  winvidix,  xmga,  xvidix,
              xover, xv (see -vo xv:ck), xvmc (see -vo xv:ck) and directx video output drivers.

       -correct-pts (EXPERIMENTAL)
              Switches  MPlayer  to  an  experimental  mode  where  timestamps  for  video frames are calculated
              differently and video filters which add new frames or  modify  timestamps  of  existing  ones  are
              supported.   The  more accurate timestamps can be visible for example when playing subtitles timed
              to scene changes with the -ass option.  Without -correct-pts the subtitle timing will typically be
              off by some frames.  This option does not work correctly with some demuxers and codecs.

       -crash-debug (DEBUG CODE)
              Automatically attaches gdb upon crash or SIGTRAP.  Support must be compiled in by configuring with
              --enable-crash-debug.

       -doubleclick-time
              Time in milliseconds to recognize two consecutive button presses as a double-click (default: 300).
              Set to 0 to let your windowing system decide what a double-click is (-vo directx only).
              NOTE:  You  will  get slightly different behaviour depending on whether you bind MOUSE_BTN0_DBL or
              MOUSE_BTN0-MOUSE_BTN0_DBL.

       -edlout <filename>
              Creates a new file and writes edit decision list (EDL) records to it.  During playback,  the  user
              hits  'i' to mark the start or end of a skip block.  This provides a starting point from which the
              user can fine-tune  EDL  entries  later.   See  http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/edl.html  for
              details.

       -edl-backward-delay <number>
              When  using EDL during playback and jumping backwards it is possible to end up in the middle of an
              EDL record.  In that case MPlayer will seek further backwards to the start  position  of  the  EDL
              record  and  then  immediately  skip the scene specified in the EDL record.  To avoid this kind of
              behavior, MPlayer jumps to a fixed time interval  before  the  start  of  the  EDL  record.   This
              parameter allows you to specify that time interval in seconds (default: 2 seconds).

       -edl-start-pts
              Adjust  positions in EDL records according to playing file's start time.  Some formats, especially
              MPEG TS usually start with non-zero PTS values and when producing EDL file  with  -edlout  option,
              EDL records contain absolute values that are correct only for this particular file.  If re-encoded
              into a different format,  this  EDL  file  no  longer  applies.   Specifying  -edl-start-pts  will
              automatically  adjust  EDL  positions  according  to  start time: when producing EDL file, it will
              substract start time from every EDL record, when playing with EDL file, it will add  file's  start
              time to every EDL position.

       -noedl-start-pts
              Disable adjusting EDL positions.

       -enqueue (GUI only)
              Enqueue files given on the command line in the playlist instead of playing them immediately.

       -fixed-vo
              Enforces  a  fixed  video  system  for  multiple  files  (one  (un)initialization  for all files).
              Therefore only one window will be opened for all  files.   Currently  the  following  drivers  are
              fixed-vo compliant: gl, gl2, mga, svga, x11, xmga, xv, xvidix and dfbmga.

       -framedrop (also see -hardframedrop, experimental without -nocorrect-pts)
              Skip  displaying  some frames to maintain A/V sync on slow systems.  Video filters are not applied
              to such frames.  For B-frames even decoding is skipped completely.

       -(no)gui
              Enable or disable the GUI interface (default depends on binary name).  Only  works  as  the  first
              argument on the command line.  Does not work as a config-file option.

       -gui-include <GUI configuration file> (also see -include) (GUI only)
              Specify a GUI configuration file to be parsed after the default gui.conf.

       -h, -help, --help
              Show short summary of options.

       -hardframedrop (experimental without -nocorrect-pts)
              More  intense  frame dropping (breaks decoding).  Leads to image distortion!  Note that especially
              the libmpeg2 decoder may crash with this, so consider using "-vc ffmpeg12,".

       -heartbeat-cmd
              Command that is executed every 30 seconds during playback via system() - i.e. using the shell.

              NOTE: MPlayer uses this command without any checking, it is your responsibility to ensure it  does
              not  cause  security  problems  (e.g.  make  sure to use full paths if "." is in your path like on
              Windows).  It also only works when playing video (i.e. not with -novideo but works with -vo null).

              This can be "misused" to disable screensavers that do not support  the  proper  X  API  (also  see
              -stop-xscreensaver).   If  you  think  this  is too complicated, ask the author of the screensaver
              program to support the proper X APIs.

              EXAMPLE for xscreensaver: mplayer -heartbeat-cmd "xscreensaver-command -deactivate" file

              EXAMPLE for GNOME screensaver: mplayer -heartbeat-cmd "gnome-screensaver-command -p" file

       -identify
              Shorthand for -msglevel identify=4.  Show file parameters in an  easily  parseable  format.   Also
              prints  more detailed information about subtitle and audio track languages and IDs.  In some cases
              you can get more information by using -msglevel identify=6.  For example, for a DVD or Blu-ray  it
              will  list  the  chapters  and time length of each title, as well as a disk ID.  Combine this with
              -frames 0 to suppress all video output.  The  wrapper  script  TOOLS/midentify.sh  suppresses  the
              other MPlayer output and (hopefully) shellescapes the filenames.

       -idle (also see -slave)
              Makes MPlayer wait idly instead of quitting when there is no file to play.  Mostly useful in slave
              mode where MPlayer can be controlled through input commands.
              For gmplayer -idle is the default, -noidle will quit the GUI after all files have been played.

       -input <commands>
              This option can be used to configure certain parts of the input system.   Paths  are  relative  to
              ~/.mplayer/.
              NOTE: Autorepeat is currently only supported by joysticks.

              Available commands are:

                 conf=<filename>
                      Specify  input  configuration  file  other  than  the  default  ~/.mplayer/input.conf.  ~/
                      .mplayer/<filename> is assumed if no full path is given.
                 ar-dev=<device>
                      Device to be used for Apple IR Remote (default is autodetected, Linux only).
                 ar-delay
                      Delay in milliseconds before we start to autorepeat a key (0 to disable).
                 ar-rate
                      Number of key presses to generate per second on autorepeat.
                 (no)default-bindings
                      Use the key bindings that MPlayer ships with by default.
                 keylist
                      Prints all keys that can be bound to commands.
                 cmdlist
                      Prints all commands that can be bound to keys.
                 js-dev
                      Specifies the joystick device to use (default: /dev/input/js0).
                 file=<filename>
                      Read commands from the given file.  Mostly useful with a FIFO.
                      NOTE: When the given file is a FIFO MPlayer opens both ends so you can  do  several  'echo
                      "seek 10" > mp_pipe' and the pipe will stay valid.

       -key-fifo-size <2-65000>
              Specify  the  size  of the FIFO that buffers key events (default: 7).  A FIFO of size n can buffer
              (n-1) events.  If it is too small some events may be lost.  If it is too big, MPlayer may seem  to
              hang  while  it processes the buffered events.  To get the same behavior as before this option was
              introduced, set it to 2 for Linux or 1024 for Windows.  For small value you should disable double-
              clicks  by  setting  -doubleclick-time  to 0 so they do not compete with regular events for buffer
              space.

       -lircconf <filename> (LIRC only)
              Specifies a configuration file for LIRC (default: ~/.lircrc).

       -list-properties
              Print a list of the available properties.

       -loop <number>
              Loops movie playback <number> times.  0 means forever.

       -menu (OSD menu only)
              Turn on OSD menu support.

       -menu-cfg <filename> (OSD menu only)
              Use an alternative menu.conf.

       -menu-chroot <path> (OSD menu only)
              Chroot the file selection menu to a specific location.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -menu-chroot /home
                      Will restrict the file selection menu to /home and downward (i.e. no access to /  will  be
                      possible, but /home/user_name will).

       -menu-keepdir (OSD menu only)
              File browser starts from the last known location instead of current directory.

       -menu-root <value> (OSD menu only)
              Specify the main menu.

       -menu-startup (OSD menu only)
              Display the main menu at MPlayer startup.

       -mouse-movements
              Permit MPlayer to receive pointer events reported by the video output driver.  Necessary to select
              the buttons in DVD menus.  Supported for X11-based VOs (x11, xv,  xvmc,  etc)  and  the  gl,  gl2,
              direct3d and corevideo VOs.

       -noar  Turns off AppleIR remote support.

       -noconsolecontrols
              Prevent  MPlayer  from  reading  key  events  from  standard input.  Useful when reading data from
              standard input.  This is automatically enabled when - is found on the  command  line.   There  are
              situations  where  you  have to set it manually, e.g. if you open /dev/stdin (or the equivalent on
              your system), use stdin in a playlist or intend to read from stdin later on via  the  loadfile  or
              loadlist slave commands.

       -nojoystick
              Turns off joystick support.

       -nolirc
              Turns off LIRC support.

       -nomouseinput
              Disable mouse button press/release input (mozplayerxp's context menu relies on this option).

       -rtc (RTC only)
              Turns  on  usage  of the Linux RTC (realtime clock - /dev/rtc) as timing mechanism.  This wakes up
              the process every 1/1024 seconds to check the current time.  Useless  with  modern  Linux  kernels
              configured  for  desktop  use as they already wake up the process with similar accuracy when using
              normal timed sleep.

       -playing-msg <string>
              Print out a string before starting playback.  The following expansions are supported:

                 ${NAME}
                      Expand to the value of the property NAME.

                 ?(NAME:TEXT)
                      Expand TEXT only if the property NAME is available.

                 ?(!NAME:TEXT)
                      Expand TEXT only if the property NAME is not available.

       -playlist <filename>
              Play files according to a playlist file (ASX, Winamp, SMIL, or one-file-per-line format).
              NOTE: This option is considered an entry so options found after it will apply only to the elements
              of this playlist.
              FIXME: This needs to be clarified and documented thoroughly.

       -rtc-device <device>
              Use the specified device for RTC timing.

       -shuffle
              Play files in random order.

       -skin <name> (GUI only)
              Loads a skin from the directory given as parameter below the default skin directories, ~/.mplayer/
              skins/ and /usr/local/share/mplayer/skins/.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -skin fittyfene
                      Tries ~/.mplayer/skins/fittyfene and afterwards /usr/local/share/mplayer/skins/fittyfene.

       -slave (also see -input)
              Switches on slave mode, in which MPlayer works as  a  backend  for  other  programs.   Instead  of
              intercepting keyboard events, MPlayer will read commands separated by a newline (\n) from stdin.
              NOTE:  See  -input  cmdlist  for  a  list  of  slave  commands  and  DOCS/tech/slave.txt for their
              description.  Also, this is not intended to disable other inputs, e.g. via the video  window,  use
              some other method like -input nodefault-bindings:conf=/dev/null for that.

       -softsleep
              Time  frames  by  repeatedly  checking  the  current  time instead of asking the kernel to wake up
              MPlayer at the correct time.  Useful if your kernel timing is imprecise and you cannot use the RTC
              either.  Comes at the price of higher CPU consumption.

       -sstep <sec>
              Skip  <sec>  seconds after every frame.  The normal framerate of the movie is kept, so playback is
              accelerated.  Since MPlayer can only seek to the next keyframe this may be inexact.

       -udp-ip <ip>
              Sets the destination address for datagrams sent by the -udp-master.  Setting  it  to  a  broadcast
              address  allows  multiple slaves having the same broadcast address to sync to the master (default:
              127.0.0.1).

       -udp-master
              Send a datagram to -udp-ip on -udp-port just before playing each frame.   The  datagram  indicates
              the master's position in the file.

       -udp-port <port>
              Sets the destination port for datagrams sent by the -udp-master, and the port a -udp-slave listens
              on (default: 23867).

       -udp-seek-threshold <sec>
              When the master seeks, the slave has to decide whether to seek as well, or to catch up by decoding
              frames  without  pausing  between  frames.  If the master is more than <sec> seconds away from the
              slave, the slave seeks.  Otherwise, it "runs" to catch up or waits for the  master.   This  should
              almost always be left at its default setting of 1 second.

       -udp-slave
              Listen on -udp-port and match the master's position.

DEMUXER/STREAM OPTIONS

       -a52drc <level>
              Select  the  Dynamic  Range  Compression  level  for AC-3 audio streams.  <level> is a float value
              ranging from 0 to 1, where 0 means no  compression  and  1  (which  is  the  default)  means  full
              compression  (make  loud  passages more silent and vice versa).  Values up to 2 are also accepted,
              but are purely experimental.  This option only shows an effect if the  AC-3  stream  contains  the
              required range compression information.

       -aid <ID> (also see -alang)
              Select  audio  channel  (MPEG:  0-31, AVI/OGM: 1-99, ASF/RM: 0-127, VOB(AC-3): 128-159, VOB(LPCM):
              160-191, MPEG-TS 17-8190).  MPlayer prints the available audio IDs when run in verbose (-v)  mode.
              When  playing an MPEG-TS stream, MPlayer/MEncoder will use the first program (if present) with the
              chosen audio stream.

       -ausid <ID> (also see -alang)
              Select audio substream channel.  Currently the valid range is 0x55..0x75 and applies only to MPEG-
              TS  when handled by the native demuxer (not by libavformat).  The format type may not be correctly
              identified because of how this information (or lack thereof) is embedded in  the  stream,  but  it
              will  demux  correctly the audio streams when multiple substreams are present.  MPlayer prints the
              available substream IDs when run with -identify.

       -alang <language code[,language code,...]> (also see -aid)
              Specify a priority list of audio languages to use.  Different container formats  employ  different
              language  codes.   DVDs use ISO 639-1 two letter language codes, Matroska, MPEG-TS and NUT use ISO
              639-2 three letter language codes while OGM uses  a  free-form  identifier.   MPlayer  prints  the
              available languages when run in verbose (-v) mode.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer dvd://1 -alang hu,en
                      Chooses  the  Hungarian  language track on a DVD and falls back on English if Hungarian is
                      not available.
                 mplayer -alang jpn example.mkv
                      Plays a Matroska file in Japanese.

       -audio-demuxer <[+]name> (-audiofile only)
              Force audio demuxer type for -audiofile.  Use a '+' before the name to force it,  this  will  skip
              some checks!  Give the demuxer name as printed by -audio-demuxer help.  For backward compatibility
              it also accepts the demuxer ID  as  defined  in  libmpdemux/demuxer.h.   -audio-demuxer  audio  or
              -audio-demuxer 17 forces MP3.

       -audiofile <filename>
              Play audio from an external file (WAV, MP3 or Ogg Vorbis) while viewing a movie.

       -audiofile-cache <kBytes>
              Enables caching for the stream used by -audiofile, using the specified amount of memory.

       -reuse-socket (udp:// only)
              Allows a socket to be reused by other processes as soon as it is closed.

       -bandwidth <Bytes> (network only)
              Specify  the maximum bandwidth for network streaming (for servers that are able to send content in
              different bitrates).  Useful if you want to watch live streamed media behind  a  slow  connection.
              With  Real  RTSP  streaming, it is also used to set the maximum delivery bandwidth allowing faster
              cache filling and stream dumping.

       -bluray-angle <angle ID> (Blu-ray only)
              Some Blu-ray discs contain scenes that can be viewed from multiple  angles.   Here  you  can  tell
              MPlayer which angles to use (default: 1).

       -bluray-chapter <chapter ID> (Blu-ray only)
              Tells MPlayer which Blu-ray chapter to start the current title from (default: 1).

       -bluray-device <path to disc> (Blu-ray only)
              Specify the Blu-ray disc location. Must be a directory with Blu-ray structure.

       -cache <kBytes>
              This  option  specifies  how  much  memory  (in  kBytes)  to  use  when  precaching a file or URL.
              Especially useful on slow media.

       -nocache
              Turns off caching.

       -cache-min <percentage>
              Playback will start when the cache has been filled up to <percentage> of the total.

       -cache-seek-min <percentage>
              If a seek is to be made to a position within <percentage> of  the  cache  size  from  the  current
              position,  MPlayer  will wait for the cache to be filled to this position rather than performing a
              stream seek (default: 50).

       -capture (MPlayer only)
              Allows capturing the primary stream (not additional audio tracks or other kind  of  streams)  into
              the  file specified by -dumpfile or by default.  If this option is given, capturing can be started
              and stopped by pressing the key bound to this function (see section INTERACTIVE CONTROL).  Same as
              for  -dumpstream, this will likely not produce usable results for anything else than MPEG streams.
              Note that, due to cache latencies, captured data may begin and end somewhat  delayed  compared  to
              what you see displayed.

       -cdda <option1:option2> (CDDA only)
              This option can be used to tune the CD Audio reading feature of MPlayer.

              Available options are:

                 speed=<value>
                      Set CD spin speed.

                 paranoia=<0-2>
                      Set  paranoia level.  Values other than 0 seem to break playback of anything but the first
                      track.
                         0: disable checking (default)
                         1: overlap checking only
                         2: full data correction and verification

                 generic-dev=<value>
                      Use specified generic SCSI device.

                 sector-size=<value>
                      Set atomic read size.

                 overlap=<value>
                      Force minimum overlap search during verification to <value> sectors.

                 toc-bias
                      Assume that the beginning offset of track 1 as reported in the TOC will  be  addressed  as
                      LBA 0.  Some Toshiba drives need this for getting track boundaries correct.

                 toc-offset=<value>
                      Add <value> sectors to the values reported when addressing tracks.  May be negative.

                 (no)skip
                      (Never) accept imperfect data reconstruction.

       -cdrom-device <path to device>
              Specify the CD-ROM device (default: /dev/cdrom).

       -channels <number> (also see -af channels)
              Request  the  number  of  playback  channels (default: 2).  MPlayer asks the decoder to decode the
              audio into as many channels  as  specified.   Then  it  is  up  to  the  decoder  to  fulfill  the
              requirement.   This is usually only important when playing videos with AC-3 audio (like DVDs).  In
              that case liba52 does the decoding by default and correctly downmixes the audio into the requested
              number  of  channels.  To directly control the number of output channels independently of how many
              channels are decoded, use the channels filter.
              NOTE: This option is honored by codecs (AC-3 only), filters (surround) and  audio  output  drivers
              (OSS at least).

              Available options are:

                 2    stereo
                 4    surround
                 6    full 5.1
                 8    full 7.1

       -chapter <chapter ID>[-<endchapter ID>] (dvd:// and dvdnav:// only)
              Specify  which  chapter  to  start playing at.  Optionally specify which chapter to end playing at
              (default: 1).

       -cookies (network only)
              Send cookies when making HTTP requests.

       -cookies-file <filename> (network only)
              Read HTTP cookies from <filename> (default: ~/.mozilla/ and ~/.netscape/) and  skip  reading  from
              default locations.  The file is assumed to be in Netscape format.

       -delay <sec>
              audio delay in seconds (positive or negative float value)
              Negative values delay the audio, and positive values delay the video.  Note that this is the exact
              opposite of the -audio-delay MEncoder option.
              NOTE: When used with MEncoder, this is not guaranteed  to  work  correctly  with  -ovc  copy;  use
              -audio-delay instead.

       -ignore-start
              Ignore  the  specified  starting time for streams in AVI files.  In MPlayer, this nullifies stream
              delays in files encoded with the -audio-delay  option.   During  encoding,  this  option  prevents
              MEncoder from transferring original stream start times to the new file; the -audio-delay option is
              not affected.  Note that  MEncoder  sometimes  adjusts  stream  starting  times  automatically  to
              compensate for anticipated decoding delays, so do not use this option for encoding without testing
              it first.

       -demuxer <[+]name>
              Force demuxer type.  Use a '+' before the name to force it, this will skip some checks!  Give  the
              demuxer  name as printed by -demuxer help.  For backward compatibility it also accepts the demuxer
              ID as defined in libmpdemux/demuxer.h.

       -dumpaudio (MPlayer only)
              Dumps raw compressed audio stream to ./stream.dump (useful with MPEG/AC-3, in most other cases the
              resulting  file  will  not  be  playable).   If  you give more than one of -dumpaudio, -dumpvideo,
              -dumpstream on the command line only the last one will work.

       -dumpfile <filename> (MPlayer only)
              Specify which file MPlayer should dump to.  Should be used together with -dumpaudio / -dumpvideo /
              -dumpstream / -capture.

       -dumpstream (MPlayer only)
              Dumps the raw stream to ./stream.dump.  Useful when ripping from DVD or network.  If you give more
              than one of -dumpaudio, -dumpvideo, -dumpstream on the command line only the last one will work.

       -dumpvideo (MPlayer only)
              Dump raw compressed video stream to ./stream.dump (not very usable).  If you give more than one of
              -dumpaudio, -dumpvideo, -dumpstream on the command line only the last one will work.

       -dvbin <options> (DVB only)
              Pass the following parameters to the DVB input module, in order to override the default ones:

                 card=<1-4>
                      Specifies using card number 1-4 (default: 1).
                 file=<filename>
                      Instructs  MPlayer  to  read  the  channels  list from <filename>.  Default is ~/.mplayer/
                      channels.conf.{sat,ter,cbl,atsc} (based on your card type) or ~/.mplayer/channels.conf  as
                      a last resort.
                 timeout=<1-240>
                      Maximum  number  of  seconds  to  wait  when  trying  to tune a frequency before giving up
                      (default: 30).

       -dvd-device <path to device> (DVD only)
              Specify the DVD device or .iso filename (default: /dev/dvd).  You can  also  specify  a  directory
              that contains files previously copied directly from a DVD (with e.g. vobcopy).

       -dvd-speed <factor or speed in KB/s> (DVD only)
              Try  to  limit DVD speed (default: 0, no change).  DVD base speed is about 1350KB/s, so a 8x drive
              can read at speeds up to 10800KB/s.  Slower speeds make the drive more quiet,  for  watching  DVDs
              2700KB/s  should be quiet and fast enough.  MPlayer resets the speed to the drive default value on
              close.  Values less than 100 mean multiples of 1350KB/s, i.e. -dvd-speed 8 selects 10800KB/s.
              NOTE: You need write access to the DVD device to change the speed.

       -dvdangle <angle ID> (DVD only)
              Some DVD discs contain scenes that can be viewed from multiple angles.  Here you can tell  MPlayer
              which angles to use (default: 1).

       -edl <filename>
              Enables  edit  decision  list (EDL) actions during playback.  Video will be skipped over and audio
              will  be  muted   and   unmuted   according   to   the   entries   in   the   given   file.    See
              http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/edl.html for details on how to use this.

       -endpos <[[hh:]mm:]ss[.ms]|size[b|kb|mb]> (also see -ss and -sb)
              Stop at given time or byte position.
              NOTE:  Byte  position  may not be accurate, as it can only stop at a frame boundary.  When used in
              conjunction with -ss option, -endpos time will shift forward by seconds specified with -ss if  not
              a byte position.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -endpos 56
                      Stop at 56 seconds.
                 -endpos 01:10:00
                      Stop at 1 hour 10 minutes.
                 -ss 10 -endpos 56
                      Stop at 1 minute 6 seconds.
                 mplayer -endpos 100mb
                      Stop playback after reading 100MB of the input file.
                 mencoder -endpos 100mb
                      Encode only 100 MB.

       -forceidx
              Force  index  rebuilding.  Useful for files with broken index (A/V desync, etc).  This will enable
              seeking in files where seeking was not possible.  You can fix the index permanently with  MEncoder
              (see the documentation).
              NOTE:  This option only works if the underlying media supports seeking (i.e. not with stdin, pipe,
              etc).

       -fps <float value>
              Override video framerate.  Useful if the original value is wrong or missing.

       -frames <number>
              Play/convert only first <number> frames, then quit.

       -hr-mp3-seek (MP3 only)
              Hi-res MP3 seeking.  Enabled when playing from an external MP3 file, as we need  to  seek  to  the
              very  exact position to keep A/V sync.  Can be slow especially when seeking backwards since it has
              to rewind to the beginning to find an exact frame position.

       -http-header-fields <field1,field2>
              Set custom HTTP fields when accessing HTTP stream.

              EXAMPLE:
                      mplayer -http-header-fields 'Field1: value1','Field2: value2' http://localhost:1234
                      Will generate HTTP request:
                         GET / HTTP/1.0
                         Host: localhost:1234
                         User-Agent: MPlayer
                         Icy-MetaData: 1
                         Field1: value1
                         Field2: value2
                         Connection: close

       -idx (also see -forceidx)
              Rebuilds index of files if no index was found, allowing seeking.   Useful  with  broken/incomplete
              downloads, or badly created files.
              NOTE:  This option only works if the underlying media supports seeking (i.e. not with stdin, pipe,
              etc).

       -noidx Skip rebuilding index file.  MEncoder skips writing the index with this option.

       -ipv4-only-proxy (network only)
              Skip the proxy for IPv6 addresses.  It will still be used for IPv4 connections.

       -loadidx <index file>
              The file from which to read the video index data saved by -saveidx.  This index will be  used  for
              seeking, overriding any index data contained in the AVI itself.  MPlayer will not prevent you from
              loading an index file generated from a different AVI,  but  this  is  sure  to  cause  unfavorable
              results.
              NOTE: This option is obsolete now that MPlayer has OpenDML support.

       -mc <seconds/frame>
              maximum A-V sync correction per frame (in seconds)
              -mc  0  should  always  be  combined with -noskip for mencoder, otherwise it will almost certainly
              cause A-V desync.

       -mf <option1:option2:...>
              Used when decoding from multiple PNG or JPEG files.

              Available options are:

                 w=<value>
                      input file width (default: autodetect)
                 h=<value>
                      input file height (default: autodetect)
                 fps=<value>
                      output fps (default: 25)
                 type=<value>
                      input file type (available: jpeg, png, tga, sgi)

       -ni (AVI only)
              Force usage of non-interleaved AVI parser (fixes playback of some bad AVI files).

       -nobps (AVI only)
              Do not use average byte/second value for A-V sync.  Helps with some AVI files with broken header.

       -noextbased
              Disables extension-based demuxer selection.  By default, when the file type  (demuxer)  cannot  be
              detected reliably (the file has no header or it is not reliable enough), the filename extension is
              used to select the demuxer.  Always falls back on content-based demuxer selection.

       -passwd <password> (also see -user) (network only)
              Specify password for HTTP authentication.

       -prefer-ipv4 (network only)
              Use IPv4 on network connections.  Falls back on IPv6 automatically.

       -prefer-ipv6 (IPv6 network only)
              Use IPv6 on network connections.  Falls back on IPv4 automatically.

       -psprobe <byte position>
              When playing an MPEG-PS or MPEG-PES streams, this option lets you specify how many  bytes  in  the
              stream  you want MPlayer to scan in order to identify the video codec used.  This option is needed
              to play EVO or VDR files containing H.264 streams.

       -pvr <option1:option2:...> (PVR only)
              This option tunes various encoding properties of the PVR capture module.  It has to be  used  with
              any  hardware  MPEG  encoder  based  card  supported  by  the  V4L2  driver.   The Hauppauge WinTV
              PVR-150/250/350/500 and all IVTV based cards are known as PVR capture cards.  Be aware  that  only
              Linux  2.6.18  kernel  and  above  is able to handle MPEG stream through V4L2 layer.  For hardware
              capture of an MPEG stream and watching it with MPlayer/MEncoder, use 'pvr://' as a movie URL.

              Available options are:

                 aspect=<0-3>
                      Specify input aspect ratio:
                         0: 1:1
                         1: 4:3 (default)
                         2: 16:9
                         3: 2.21:1

                 arate=<32000-48000>
                      Specify encoding audio rate (default: 48000 Hz, available: 32000, 44100 and 48000 Hz).

                 alayer=<1-3>
                      Specify MPEG audio layer encoding (default: 2).

                 abitrate=<32-448>
                      Specify audio encoding bitrate in kbps (default: 384).

                 amode=<value>
                      Specify audio encoding mode.  Available preset values are 'stereo', 'joint_stereo', 'dual'
                      and 'mono' (default: stereo).

                 vbitrate=<value>
                      Specify average video bitrate encoding in Mbps (default: 6).

                 vmode=<value>
                      Specify video encoding mode:
                         vbr: Variable BitRate (default)
                         cbr: Constant BitRate

                 vpeak=<value>
                      Specify peak video bitrate encoding in Mbps (only useful for VBR encoding, default: 9.6).

                 fmt=<value>
                      Choose an MPEG format for encoding:
                         ps:    MPEG-2 Program Stream (default)
                         ts:    MPEG-2 Transport Stream
                         mpeg1: MPEG-1 System Stream
                         vcd:   Video CD compatible stream
                         svcd:  Super Video CD compatible stream
                         dvd:   DVD compatible stream

       -radio <option1:option2:...> (radio only)
              These  options  set  various  parameters of the radio capture module.  For listening to radio with
              MPlayer use 'radio://<frequency>' (if channels option is not given) or  'radio://<channel_number>'
              (if  channels  option  is  given)  as a movie URL.  You can see allowed frequency range by running
              MPlayer with '-v'.  To start the grabbing subsystem, use 'radio://<frequency or channel>/capture'.
              If  the  capture keyword is not given you can listen to radio using the line-in cable only.  Using
              capture to listen is not recommended due to synchronization problems,  which  makes  this  process
              uncomfortable.

              Available options are:

                 device=<value>
                      Radio device to use (default: /dev/radio0 for Linux and /dev/tuner0 for *BSD).

                 driver=<value>
                      Radio  driver to use (default: v4l2 if available, otherwise v4l).  Currently, v4l and v4l2
                      drivers are supported.

                 volume=<0..100>
                      sound volume for radio device (default 100)

                 freq_min=<value> (*BSD BT848 only)
                      minimum allowed frequency (default: 87.50)

                 freq_max=<value> (*BSD BT848 only)
                      maximum allowed frequency (default: 108.00)

                 channels=<frequency>-<name>,<frequency>-<name>,...
                      Set channel list.  Use _ for spaces in names (or play with quoting ;-).  The channel names
                      will   then   be   written  using  OSD  and  the  slave  commands  radio_step_channel  and
                      radio_set_channel will be usable for a remote control (see LIRC).   If  given,  number  in
                      movie URL will be treated as channel position in channel list.
                      EXAMPLE: radio://1, radio://104.4, radio_set_channel 1

                 adevice=<value> (radio capture only)
                      Name  of device to capture sound from.  Without such a name capture will be disabled, even
                      if the capture keyword appears  in  the  URL.   For  ALSA  devices  use  it  in  the  form
                      hw=<card>.<device>.   If  the  device  name  contains  a  '=', the module will use ALSA to
                      capture, otherwise OSS.

                 arate=<value> (radio capture only)
                      Rate in samples per second (default: 44100).
                      NOTE: When using audio capture set also -rawaudio rate=<value> option with the same  value
                      as  arate.   If  you  have  problems with sound speed (runs too quickly), try to play with
                      different rate values (e.g. 48000,44100,32000,...).

                 achannels=<value> (radio capture only)
                      Number of audio channels to capture.

       -rawaudio <option1:option2:...>
              This option lets you play raw audio files.  You have to use -demuxer rawaudio  as  well.   It  may
              also  be  used  to play audio CDs which are not 44kHz 16-bit stereo.  For playing raw AC-3 streams
              use -rawaudio format=0x2000 -demuxer rawaudio.

              Available options are:

                 channels=<value>
                      number of channels
                 rate=<value>
                      rate in samples per second
                 samplesize=<value>
                      sample size in bytes
                 bitrate=<value>
                      bitrate for rawaudio files
                 format=<value>
                      fourcc in hex

       -rawvideo <option1:option2:...>
              This option lets you play raw video files.  You have to use -demuxer rawvideo as well.

              Available options are:

                 fps=<value>
                      rate in frames per second (default: 25.0)
                 sqcif|qcif|cif|4cif|pal|ntsc
                      set standard image size
                 w=<value>
                      image width in pixels
                 h=<value>
                      image height in pixels
                 i420|yv12|yuy2|y8
                      set colorspace
                 format=<value>
                      colorspace (fourcc) in hex or string constant.  Use -rawvideo format=help for  a  list  of
                      possible strings.
                 size=<value>
                      frame size in Bytes

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer foreman.qcif -demuxer rawvideo -rawvideo qcif
                      Play the famous "foreman" sample video.
                 mplayer sample-720x576.yuv -demuxer rawvideo -rawvideo w=720:h=576
                      Play a raw YUV sample.

       -referrer <string> (network only)
              Specify a referrer path or URL for HTTP requests.

       -rtsp-port
              Used  with 'rtsp://' URLs to force the client's port number.  This option may be useful if you are
              behind a router and want to forward the RTSP stream from the server to a specific client.

       -rtsp-destination
              Used with 'rtsp://' URLs to force the destination IP address to be  bound.   This  option  may  be
              useful  with  some  RTSP  server  which  do  not  send RTP packets to the right interface.  If the
              connection to the RTSP server fails, use -v to see which IP address MPlayer tries to bind  to  and
              try to force it to one assigned to your computer instead.

       -rtsp-stream-over-tcp (LIVE555 and NEMESI only)
              Used  with  'rtsp://' URLs to specify that the resulting incoming RTP and RTCP packets be streamed
              over TCP (using the same TCP connection as RTSP).  This option may be useful if you have a  broken
              internet connection that does not pass incoming UDP packets (see http://www.live555.com/mplayer/).

       -rtsp-stream-over-http (LIVE555 only)
              Used  with  'http://' URLs to specify that the resulting incoming RTP and RTCP packets be streamed
              over HTTP.

       -saveidx <filename>
              Force index rebuilding and dump the index to <filename>.   Currently  this  only  works  with  AVI
              files.
              NOTE: This option is obsolete now that MPlayer has OpenDML support.

       -sb <byte position> (also see -ss)
              Seek  to  byte  position.   Useful  for  playback from CD-ROM images or VOB files with junk at the
              beginning.

       -speed <0.01-100>
              Slow down or speed up playback by the factor given as parameter.  Not guaranteed to work correctly
              with -oac copy.

       -srate <Hz>
              Select  the  output  sample  rate  to be used (of course sound cards have limits on this).  If the
              sample frequency  selected  is  different  from  that  of  the  current  media,  the  resample  or
              lavcresample  audio  filter  will  be  inserted  into the audio filter layer to compensate for the
              difference.  The type of resampling can be controlled by the -af-adv option.  The default is  fast
              resampling that may cause distortion.

       -ss <time> (also see -sb)
              Seek to given time position.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ss 56
                      Seeks to 56 seconds.
                 -ss 01:10:00
                      Seeks to 1 hour 10 min.

       -tskeepbroken
              Tells  MPlayer  not  to  discard TS packets reported as broken in the stream.  Sometimes needed to
              play corrupted MPEG-TS files.

       -tsprobe <byte position>
              When playing an MPEG-TS stream, this option lets you specify how many bytes in the stream you want
              MPlayer to search for the desired audio and video IDs.

       -tsprog <1-65534>
              When  playing  an  MPEG-TS stream, you can specify with this option which program (if present) you
              want to play.  Can be used with -vid and -aid.

       -tv <option1:option2:...> (TV/PVR only)
              This option tunes various properties of the TV capture module.  For watching TV with MPlayer,  use
              'tv://'   or  'tv://<channel_number>'  or  even  'tv://<channel_name>  (see  option  channels  for
              channel_name below) as a movie URL.  You can also use 'tv:///<input_id>' to start watching a movie
              from a composite or S-Video input (see option input for details).

              Available options are:

                 noaudio
                      no sound

                 automute=<0-255> (v4l and v4l2 only)
                      If  signal  strength  reported  by device is less than this value, audio and video will be
                      muted.  In most cases automute=100 will be enough.  Default is 0 (automute disabled).

                 driver=<value>
                      See -tv driver=help for a list of compiled-in TV input drivers.   available:  dummy,  v4l,
                      v4l2, bsdbt848 (default: autodetect)

                 device=<value>
                      Specify  TV  device (default: /dev/video0).  NOTE: For the bsdbt848 driver you can provide
                      both bktr and tuner device names separating them with a comma, tuner after bktr (e.g.  -tv
                      device=/dev/bktr1,/dev/tuner1).

                 input=<value>
                      Specify input (default: 0 (TV), see console output for available inputs).

                 freq=<value>
                      Specify  the  frequency  to  set  the  tuner  to  (e.g. 511.250).  Not compatible with the
                      channels parameter.

                 outfmt=<value>
                      Specify the output format of the tuner with a preset value supported  by  the  V4L  driver
                      (yv12,  rgb32,  rgb24, rgb16, rgb15, uyvy, yuy2, i420) or an arbitrary format given as hex
                      value.  Try outfmt=help for a list of all available formats.

                 width=<value>
                      output window width

                 height=<value>
                      output window height

                 fps=<value>
                      framerate at which to capture video (frames per second)

                 buffersize=<value>
                      maximum size of the capture buffer in megabytes (default: dynamical)

                 norm=<value>
                      For bsdbt848 and v4l, PAL, SECAM, NTSC are available.  For v4l2, see  the  console  output
                      for a list of all available norms, also see the normid option below.

                 normid=<value> (v4l2 only)
                      Sets  the  TV norm to the given numeric ID.  The TV norm depends on the capture card.  See
                      the console output for a list of available TV norms.

                 channel=<value>
                      Set tuner to <value> channel.

                 chanlist=<value>
                      available: argentina, australia, china-bcast, europe-east, europe-west,  france,  ireland,
                      italy,  japan-bcast, japan-cable, newzealand, russia, southafrica, us-bcast, us-cable, us-
                      cable-hrc

                 channels=<chan>-<name>[=<norm>],<chan>-<name>[=<norm>],...
                      Set names for channels.  NOTE: If <chan> is an integer  greater  than  1000,  it  will  be
                      treated as frequency (in kHz) rather than channel name from frequency table.
                      Use  _  for  spaces  in  names  (or play with quoting ;-).  The channel names will then be
                      written  using  OSD,  and  the  slave   commands   tv_step_channel,   tv_set_channel   and
                      tv_last_channel  will  be usable for a remote control (see LIRC).  Not compatible with the
                      frequency parameter.
                      NOTE: The channel number will then be the position in the 'channels' list, beginning  with
                      1.
                      EXAMPLE: tv://1, tv://TV1, tv_set_channel 1, tv_set_channel TV1

                 [brightness|contrast|hue|saturation]=<-100-100>
                      Set the image equalizer on the card.

                 audiorate=<value>
                      Set input audio sample rate.

                 forceaudio
                      Capture audio even if there are no audio sources reported by v4l.

                 alsa
                      Capture from ALSA.

                 amode=<0-3>
                      Choose an audio mode:
                         0: mono
                         1: stereo
                         2: language 1
                         3: language 2

                 forcechan=<1-2>
                      By  default,  the count of recorded audio channels is determined automatically by querying
                      the audio mode from the  TV  card.   This  option  allows  forcing  stereo/mono  recording
                      regardless  of  the  amode  option  and  the values returned by v4l.  This can be used for
                      troubleshooting when the TV card is unable to report the current audio mode.

                 adevice=<value>
                      Set an audio device.  <value> should be /dev/xxx for OSS and a hardware ID for ALSA.   You
                      must replace any ':' by a '.' in the hardware ID for ALSA.

                 audioid=<value>
                      Choose an audio output of the capture card, if it has more than one.

                 [volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0-65535> (v4l1)

                 [volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0-100> (v4l2)
                      These  options  set  parameters of the mixer on the video capture card.  They will have no
                      effect, if your card does not have one.  For v4l2 50 maps to  the  default  value  of  the
                      control, as reported by the driver.

                 gain=<0-100> (v4l2)
                      Set  gain  control for video devices (usually webcams) to the desired value and switch off
                      automatic control.  A value of 0 enables automatic control.  If this  option  is  omitted,
                      gain control will not be modified.

                 immediatemode=<bool>
                      A  value of 0 means capture and buffer audio and video together (default for MEncoder).  A
                      value of 1 (default for MPlayer) means to do video capture  only  and  let  the  audio  go
                      through a loopback cable from the TV card to the sound card.

                 mjpeg
                      Use  hardware MJPEG compression (if the card supports it).  When using this option, you do
                      not need to specify the width and height  of  the  output  window,  because  MPlayer  will
                      determine it automatically from the decimation value (see below).

                 decimation=<1|2|4>
                      choose the size of the picture that will be compressed by hardware MJPEG compression:
                         1: full size
                             704x576    PAL
                             704x480    NTSC
                         2: medium size
                             352x288    PAL
                             352x240    NTSC
                         4: small size
                             176x144    PAL
                             176x120    NTSC

                 quality=<0-100>
                      Choose the quality of the JPEG compression (< 60 recommended for full size).

                 tdevice=<value>
                      Specify TV teletext device (example: /dev/vbi0) (default: none).

                 tformat=<format>
                      Specify TV teletext display format (default: 0):
                         0: opaque
                         1: transparent
                         2: opaque with inverted colors
                         3: transparent with inverted colors

                 tpage=<100-899>
                      Specify initial TV teletext page number (default: 100).

                 tlang=<-1-127>
                      Specify  default  teletext  language  code  (default:  0),  which  will be used as primary
                      language until a type 28 packet is received.  Useful when the teletext system uses a  non-
                      latin  character  set, but language codes are not transmitted via teletext type 28 packets
                      for some reason.  To see a list of supported language codes set this option to -1.

                 hidden_video_renderer (dshow only)
                      Terminate stream with video renderer instead of Null renderer (default: off).   Will  help
                      if  video  freezes  but  audio does not.  NOTE: May not work with -vo directx and -vf crop
                      combination.

                 hidden_vp_renderer (dshow only)
                      Terminate VideoPort pin stream with video renderer instead of removing it from  the  graph
                      (default:  off).   Useful if your card has a VideoPort pin and video is choppy.  NOTE: May
                      not work with -vo directx and -vf crop combination.

                 system_clock (dshow only)
                      Use the system clock as sync source instead of the default graph clock (usually the  clock
                      from one of the live sources in graph).

                 normalize_audio_chunks (dshow only)
                      Create  audio  chunks  with a time length equal to video frame time length (default: off).
                      Some audio cards create audio chunks about 0.5s in size, resulting in  choppy  video  when
                      using immediatemode=0.

       -tvscan <option1:option2:...> (TV and MPlayer only)
              Tune  the TV channel scanner.  MPlayer will also print value for "-tv channels=" option, including
              existing and just found channels.

              Available suboptions are:

                 autostart
                      Begin channel scanning immediately after startup (default: disabled).

                 period=<0.1-2.0>
                      Specify delay in seconds before switching to next channel (default:  0.5).   Lower  values
                      will cause faster scanning, but can detect inactive TV channels as active.

                 threshold=<1-100>
                      Threshold  value for the signal strength (in percent), as reported by the device (default:
                      50).  A signal strength higher than this value will indicate that the  currently  scanning
                      channel is active.

       -user <username> (also see -passwd) (network only)
              Specify username for HTTP authentication.

       -user-agent <string>
              Use <string> as user agent for HTTP streaming.

       -vid <ID>
              Select  video  channel (MPG: 0-15, ASF: 0-255, MPEG-TS: 17-8190).  When playing an MPEG-TS stream,
              MPlayer/MEncoder will use the first program (if present) with the chosen video stream.

       -vivo <suboption> (DEBUG CODE)
              Force audio parameters for the VIVO demuxer (for debugging purposes).  FIXME: Document this.

OSD/SUBTITLE OPTIONS

       NOTE: Also see -vf expand.

       -ass (FreeType only)
              Turn on SSA/ASS subtitle rendering.  With this option, libass will be used  for  SSA/ASS  external
              subtitles and Matroska tracks.  You may also want to use -embeddedfonts.
              NOTE: Unlike normal OSD, libass uses fontconfig by default. To disable it, use -nofontconfig.

       -ass-border-color <value>
              Sets the border (outline) color for text subtitles.  The color format is RRGGBBAA.

       -ass-bottom-margin <value>
              Adds  a  black  band  at  the bottom of the frame.  The SSA/ASS renderer can place subtitles there
              (with -ass-use-margins).

       -ass-color <value>
              Sets the color for text subtitles.  The color format is RRGGBBAA.

       -ass-font-scale <value>
              Set the scale coefficient to be used for fonts in the SSA/ASS renderer.

       -ass-force-style <[Style.]Param=Value[,...]>
              Override some style or script info parameters.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ass-force-style FontName=Arial,Default.Bold=1
                 -ass-force-style PlayResY=768

       -ass-hinting <type>
              Set hinting type.  <type> can be:
                 0    no hinting
                 1    FreeType autohinter, light mode
                 2    FreeType autohinter, normal mode
                 3    font native hinter
                 0-3 + 4
                      The same, but hinting will only be performed if the OSD is rendered at  screen  resolution
                      and will therefore not be scaled.
                 The default value is 7 (use native hinter for unscaled OSD and no hinting otherwise).

       -ass-line-spacing <value>
              Set line spacing value for SSA/ASS renderer.

       -ass-styles <filename>
              Load  all  SSA/ASS  styles  found in the specified file and use them for rendering text subtitles.
              The syntax of the file is exactly like the [V4 Styles] / [V4+ Styles] section of SSA/ASS.

       -ass-top-margin <value>
              Adds a black band at the top of the frame.  The SSA/ASS renderer can place toptitles  there  (with
              -ass-use-margins).

       -ass-use-margins
              Enables placing toptitles and subtitles in black borders when they are available.

       -dumpjacosub (MPlayer only)
              Convert  the  given  subtitle  (specified with the -sub option) to the time-based JACOsub subtitle
              format.  Creates a dumpsub.js file in the current directory.

       -dumpmicrodvdsub (MPlayer only)
              Convert the given subtitle (specified with the -sub  option)  to  the  MicroDVD  subtitle  format.
              Creates a dumpsub.sub file in the current directory.

       -dumpmpsub (MPlayer only)
              Convert  the  given subtitle (specified with the -sub option) to MPlayer's subtitle format, MPsub.
              Creates a dump.mpsub file in the current directory.

       -dumpsami (MPlayer only)
              Convert the given subtitle (specified with the  -sub  option)  to  the  time-based  SAMI  subtitle
              format.  Creates a dumpsub.smi file in the current directory.

       -dumpsrtsub (MPlayer only)
              Convert  the  given  subtitle  (specified  with the -sub option) to the time-based SubViewer (SRT)
              subtitle format.  Creates a dumpsub.srt file in the current directory.
              NOTE: Some broken hardware players choke on SRT subtitle files with Unix line endings.  If you are
              unlucky  enough to have such a box, pass your subtitle files through unix2dos or a similar program
              to replace Unix line endings with DOS/Windows line endings.

       -dumpsub (MPlayer only) (BETA CODE)
              Dumps the subtitle substream from VOB streams.  Also see the -dump*sub and -vobsubout* options.

       -embeddedfonts (FreeType only)
              Enables extraction of Matroska embedded fonts (default: disabled).  These fonts can  be  used  for
              SSA/ASS  subtitle  rendering  (-ass  option).   Font  files  are  created  in the ~/.mplayer/fonts
              directory.
              NOTE: With FontConfig 2.4.2 or newer, embedded fonts are opened directly  from  memory,  and  this
              option is enabled by default.

       -ffactor <number>
              Resample the font alphamap.  Can be:
                 0    plain white fonts
                 0.75 very narrow black outline (default)
                 1    narrow black outline
                 10   bold black outline

       -flip-hebrew (FriBiDi only)
              Turns on flipping subtitles using FriBiDi.

       -noflip-hebrew-commas
              Change  FriBiDi's  assumptions about the placements of commas in subtitles.  Use this if commas in
              subtitles are shown at the start of a sentence instead of at the end.

       -font <path to font.desc file, path to font (FreeType), font pattern (Fontconfig)>
              Search for the OSD/SUB fonts in an alternative directory (default for  normal  fonts:  ~/.mplayer/
              font/font.desc, default for FreeType fonts: ~/.mplayer/subfont.ttf).
              NOTE: With FreeType, this option determines the path to the text font file.  With Fontconfig, this
              option determines the Fontconfig font pattern.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -font ~/.mplayer/arial-14/font.desc
                 -font ~/.mplayer/arialuni.ttf
                 -font 'Bitstream Vera Sans'
                 -font 'Bitstream Vera Sans:style=Bold'

       -fontconfig (fontconfig only)
              Enables the usage of fontconfig managed fonts.
              NOTE: By default fontconfig is used for libass-rendered subtitles  and  not  used  for  OSD.  With
              -fontconfig it is used for both libass and OSD, with -nofontconfig it is not used at all.

       -forcedsubsonly
              Display only forced subtitles for the DVD subtitle stream selected by e.g. -slang.

       -fribidi-charset <charset name> (FriBiDi only)
              Specifies  the  character  set  that  will  be passed to FriBiDi when decoding non-UTF-8 subtitles
              (default: ISO8859-8).

       -ifo <VOBsub IFO file>
              Indicate the file that will be used to load palette and frame size for VOBsub subtitles.

       -noautosub
              Turns off automatic subtitle file loading.

       -osd-duration <time>
              Set the duration of the OSD messages in ms (default: 1000).

       -osd-fractions <0-2>
              Set how fractions of seconds of the current timestamp are printed on the OSD:
                 0    Do not display fractions (default).
                 1    Show the first two decimals.
                 2    Show approximated frame count within current second.  This frame count is not accurate but
                      only  an  approximation.   For  variable fps, the approximation is known to be far off the
                      correct frame count.

       -osdlevel <0-3> (MPlayer only)
              Specifies which mode the OSD should start in.
                 0    subtitles only
                 1    volume + seek (default)
                 2    volume + seek + timer + percentage
                 3    volume + seek + timer + percentage + total time

       -overlapsub
              Allows the next subtitle to be displayed while the current one is still  visible  (default  is  to
              enable the support only for specific formats).

       -progbar-align <0-100>
              Specify  the  vertical  alignment  of  the  progress bar (0: top, 100: bottom, default is 50, i.e.
              centered).

       -sid <ID> (also see -slang, -vobsubid)
              Display the subtitle stream specified by <ID> (0-31).  MPlayer prints the available  subtitle  IDs
              when  run  in  verbose  (-v)  mode.   If you cannot select one of the subtitles on a DVD, also try
              -vobsubid.

       -nosub Disables any  otherwise  auto-selected  internal  subtitles  (as  e.g.  the  Matroska/mkv  demuxer
              supports).  Use -noautosub to disable the loading of external subtitle files.

       -slang <language code[,language code,...]> (also see -sid)
              Specify  a  priority  list  of  subtitle  languages  to  use.   Different container formats employ
              different language codes.  DVDs use ISO 639-1 two letter language codes, Matroska uses  ISO  639-2
              three  letter  language codes while OGM uses a free-form identifier.  MPlayer prints the available
              languages when run in verbose (-v) mode.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer dvd://1 -slang hu,en
                      Chooses the Hungarian subtitle track on a DVD and falls back on English  if  Hungarian  is
                      not available.
                 mplayer -slang jpn example.mkv
                      Plays a Matroska file with Japanese subtitles.

       -spuaa <mode>
              Antialiasing/scaling  mode for DVD/VOBsub.  A value of 16 may be added to <mode> in order to force
              scaling even when original and scaled frame size already match.  This  can  be  employed  to  e.g.
              smooth subtitles with gaussian blur.  Available modes are:
                 0    none (fastest, very ugly)
                 1    approximate (broken?)
                 2    full (slow)
                 3    bilinear (default, fast and not too bad)
                 4    uses swscaler gaussian blur (looks very good)

       -spualign <-1-2>
              Specify how SPU (DVD/VOBsub) subtitles should be aligned.
                 -1   original position
                  0   Align at top (original behavior, default).
                  1   Align at center.
                  2   Align at bottom.

       -spugauss <0.0-3.0>
              Variance parameter of gaussian used by -spuaa 4.  Higher means more blur (default: 1.0).

       -sub <subtitlefile1,subtitlefile2,...>
              Use/display these subtitle files.  Only one file can be displayed at the same time.

       -sub-bg-alpha <0-255>
              Specify  the  alpha  channel  value  for  subtitles  and  OSD  backgrounds.   Big values mean more
              transparency.  0 means completely transparent.

       -sub-bg-color <0-255>
              Specify the color value for subtitles and OSD backgrounds.  Currently subtitles are  grayscale  so
              this value is equivalent to the intensity of the color.  255 means white and 0 black.

       -sub-demuxer <[+]name> (-subfile only) (BETA CODE)
              Force  subtitle  demuxer type for -subfile.  Use a '+' before the name to force it, this will skip
              some checks!  Give the demuxer name as printed by -sub-demuxer help.  For  backward  compatibility
              it also accepts the demuxer ID as defined in subreader.h.

       -sub-fuzziness <mode>
              Adjust matching fuzziness when searching for subtitles:
                 0    exact match (default)
                 1    Load all subs containing movie name.
                 2    Load all subs in the current and -sub-paths directories.

       -sub-no-text-pp
              Disables  any  kind  of  text  post  processing  done after loading the subtitles.  Used for debug
              purposes.

       -subalign <0-2>
              Specify which edge of the subtitles should be aligned at the height given by -subpos.
                 0    Align subtitle top edge (original behavior).
                 1    Align subtitle center.
                 2    Align subtitle bottom edge (default).

       -subcc <1-4>
              Display DVD Closed Caption (CC) subtitles from the specified  channel.   These  are  not  the  VOB
              subtitles,  these are special ASCII subtitles for the hearing impaired encoded in the VOB userdata
              stream on most region 1 DVDs.  CC subtitles have not been spotted on DVDs from  other  regions  so
              far.

       -subcp <codepage> (iconv only)
              If your system supports iconv(3), you can use this option to specify the subtitle codepage.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -subcp latin2
                 -subcp cp1250

       -subcp enca:<language>:<fallback codepage> (ENCA only)
              You  can  specify  your language using a two letter language code to make ENCA detect the codepage
              automatically.  If unsure, enter anything and watch mplayer -v  output  for  available  languages.
              Fallback codepage specifies the codepage to use, when autodetection fails.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -subcp enca:cs:latin2
                      Guess  the  encoding,  assuming  the  subtitles  are  Czech,  fall back on latin 2, if the
                      detection fails.
                 -subcp enca:pl:cp1250
                      Guess the encoding for Polish, fall back on cp1250.

       -sub-paths <path1,path2,...>
              Specify extra subtitle paths to track in the media directory.

              EXAMPLE: Assuming that /path/to/movie/movie.avi is played and  -sub-paths  sub,subtitles,/tmp/subs
              is specified, MPlayer searches for subtitle files in these directories:
                 /path/to/movie/
                 /path/to/movie/sub/
                 /path/to/movie/subtitles/
                 /tmp/subs/
                 ~/.mplayer/sub/

       -subdelay <sec>
              Delays subtitles by <sec> seconds.  Can be negative.

       -subfile <filename> (BETA CODE)
              Currently useless.  Same as -audiofile, but for subtitle streams (OggDS?).

       -subfont <path to font (FreeType), font pattern (Fontconfig)> (FreeType only)
              Sets the subtitle font (see -font).  If no -subfont is given, -font is used.

       -subfont-autoscale <0-3> (FreeType only)
              Sets the autoscale mode.
              NOTE: 0 means that text scale and OSD scale are font heights in points.

              The mode can be:

                 0    no autoscale
                 1    proportional to movie height
                 2    proportional to movie width
                 3    proportional to movie diagonal (default)

       -subfont-blur <0-8> (FreeType only)
              Sets the font blur radius (default: 2).

       -subfont-encoding <value> (FreeType only)
              Sets the font encoding.  When set to 'unicode', all the glyphs from the font file will be rendered
              and unicode will be used (default: unicode).

       -subfont-osd-scale <0-100> (FreeType only)
              Sets the autoscale coefficient of the OSD elements (default: 6).

       -subfont-outline <0-8> (FreeType only)
              Sets the font outline thickness (default: 2).

       -subfont-text-scale <0-100> (FreeType only)
              Sets the subtitle text autoscale coefficient as percentage of the screen size (default: 5).

       -subfps <rate>
              Specify the framerate of the subtitle file (default: movie fps).
              NOTE: <rate> > movie fps speeds the subtitles up for frame-based subtitle  files  and  slows  them
              down for time-based ones.

       -subpos <0-100> (useful with -vf expand)
              Specify  the  position  of  subtitles  on  the  screen.  The value is the vertical position of the
              subtitle in % of the screen height.

       -subwidth <10-100>
              Specify the maximum width of subtitles on the screen.  Useful for TV-out.  The value is the  width
              of the subtitle in % of the screen width.

       -noterm-osd
              Disable the display of OSD messages on the console when no video output is available.

       -term-osd-esc <escape sequence>
              Specify  the  escape  sequence  to  use  before writing an OSD message on the console.  The escape
              sequence should move the pointer to the beginning of the line  used  for  the  OSD  and  clear  it
              (default: ^[[A\r^[[K).

       -unicode
              Tells MPlayer to handle the subtitle file as unicode.

       -unrarexec <path to unrar executable> (not supported on MingW)
              Specify  the  path  to  the unrar executable so MPlayer can use it to access rar-compressed VOBsub
              files (default: not set, so the feature is off).  The path must include the executable's filename,
              i.e. /usr/local/bin/unrar.

       -utf8
              Tells MPlayer to handle the subtitle file as UTF-8.

       -vobsub <VOBsub file without extension>
              Specify  a  VOBsub file to use for subtitles.  Has to be the full pathname without extension, i.e.
              without the '.idx', '.ifo' or '.sub'.

       -vobsubid <0-31>
              Specify the VOBsub subtitle ID.

AUDIO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)

       -abs <value> (-ao oss only) (OBSOLETE)
              Override audio driver/card buffer size detection.

       -format <format> (also see the format audio filter)
              Select the sample format used for output from the audio filter  layer  to  the  sound  card.   The
              values that <format> can adopt are listed below in the description of the format audio filter.

       -mixer <device>
              Use a mixer device different from the default /dev/mixer.  For ALSA this is the mixer name.

       -mixer-channel <mixer line>[,mixer index] (-ao oss and -ao alsa only)
              This  option  will tell MPlayer to use a different channel for controlling volume than the default
              PCM.  Options for OSS  include  vol,  pcm,  line.   For  a  complete  list  of  options  look  for
              SOUND_DEVICE_NAMES  in  /usr/include/linux/soundcard.h.   For  ALSA  you  can  use  the names e.g.
              alsamixer displays, like Master, Line, PCM.
              NOTE: ALSA mixer channel names followed by a number must be specified in the <name,number> format,
              i.e. a channel labeled 'PCM 1' in alsamixer must be converted to PCM,1.

       -softvol
              Force the use of the software mixer, instead of using the sound card mixer.

       -softvol-max <10.0-10000.0>
              Set  the  maximum amplification level in percent (default: 110).  A value of 200 will allow you to
              adjust the volume up to a maximum of double the current level.  With values below 100 the  initial
              volume (which is 100%) will be above the maximum, which e.g. the OSD cannot display correctly.

       -volstep <0-100>
              Set the step size of mixer volume changes in percent of the whole range (default: 3).

       -volume <-1-100> (also see -af volume)
              Set the startup volume in the mixer, either hardware or software (if used with -softvol).  A value
              of -1 (the default) will not change the volume.

AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)

       Audio output drivers are interfaces to different audio output facilities.  The syntax is:

       -ao <driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of audio output drivers to be used.

       If the list has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back on drivers not contained in the  list.   Suboptions
       are optional and can mostly be omitted.
       NOTE: See -ao help for a list of compiled-in audio output drivers.

       EXAMPLE:
                 -ao alsa,oss,
                      Try the ALSA driver, then the OSS driver, then others.
                 -ao alsa:noblock:device=hw=0.3
                      Sets noblock-mode and the device-name as first card, fourth device.

       Available audio output drivers are:

       alsa
              ALSA 0.9/1.x audio output driver
                 noblock
                      Sets noblock-mode.
                 device=<device>
                      Sets  the  device  name.  Replace any ',' with '.' and any ':' with '=' in the ALSA device
                      name.  For hwac3 output via S/PDIF, use an "iec958" or "spdif" device, unless  you  really
                      know how to set it correctly.

       oss
              OSS audio output driver
                 <dsp-device>
                      Sets the audio output device (default: /dev/dsp).
                 <mixer-device>
                      Sets the audio mixer device (default: /dev/mixer).
                 <mixer-channel>
                      Sets the audio mixer channel (default: pcm).

       sdl (SDL only)
              highly platform independent SDL (Simple Directmedia Layer) library audio output driver
                 <driver>
                      Explicitly choose the SDL audio driver to use (default: let SDL choose).

       arts
              audio output through the aRts daemon

       esd
              audio output through the ESD daemon
                 <server>
                      Explicitly choose the ESD server to use (default: localhost).

       jack
              audio output through JACK (Jack Audio Connection Kit)
                 port=<name>
                      Connects to the ports with the given name (default: physical ports).
                 name=<client
                      Client name that is passed to JACK (default: MPlayer [<PID>]).  Useful if you want to have
                      certain connections established automatically.
                 (no)estimate
                      Estimate the audio delay, supposed to make the video playback smoother (default: enabled).
                 (no)autostart
                      Automatically start  jackd  if  necessary  (default:  disabled).   Note  that  this  seems
                      unreliable and will spam stdout with server messages.

       nas
              audio output through NAS

       coreaudio (Mac OS X only)
              native Mac OS X audio output driver
                 device_id=<id>
                      ID of output device to use (0 = default device)
                 help List all available output devices with their IDs.

       openal
              Experimental OpenAL audio output driver

       pulse
              PulseAudio audio output driver
                 [<host>[:<output sink>[:broken_pause]]]
                      Specify  the  host and optionally output sink to use.  An empty <host> string uses a local
                      connection, "localhost" uses network transfer (most likely not what you  want).   You  can
                      also   explicitly   force   the   workaround  for  broken  pause  functionality  (default:
                      autodetected).  To only enable that without specifying  a  host/sink  the  syntax  is  -ao
                      pulse:::broken_pause

       sgi (SGI only)
              native SGI audio output driver
                 <output device name>
                      Explicitly  choose the output device/interface to use (default: system-wide default).  For
                      example, 'Analog Out' or 'Digital Out'.

       sun (Sun only)
              native Sun audio output driver
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the audio device to use (default: /dev/audio).

       win32 (Windows only)
              native Windows waveout audio output driver

       dsound (Windows only)
              DirectX DirectSound audio output driver
                 device=<devicenum>
                      Sets the device number to use.  Playing a file with -v  will  show  a  list  of  available
                      devices.

       kai (OS/2 only)
              OS/2 KAI audio output driver
                 uniaud
                      Force UNIAUD mode.
                 dart Force DART mode.
                 (no)share
                      Open audio in shareable or exclusive mode.
                 bufsize=<size>
                      Set buffer size to <size> in samples (default: 2048).

       dart (OS/2 only)
              OS/2 DART audio output driver
                 (no)share
                      Open DART in shareable or exclusive mode.
                 bufsize=<size>
                      Set buffer size to <size> in samples (default: 2048).

       dxr2 (also see -dxr2) (DXR2 only)
              Creative DXR2 specific output driver

       ivtv (IVTV only)
              IVTV specific MPEG audio output driver.  Works with -ac hwmpa only.

       v4l2 (requires Linux 2.6.22+ kernel)
              Audio output driver for V4L2 cards with hardware MPEG decoder.

       mpegpes (DVB only)
              Audio  output  driver  for  DVB cards that writes the output to an MPEG-PES file if no DVB card is
              installed.
                 card=<1-4>
                      DVB card to use if more than one card is present.  If not specified  MPlayer  will  search
                      the first usable card.
                 file=<filename>
                      output filename

       null
              Produces no audio output but maintains video playback speed.  Use -nosound for benchmarking.

       pcm
              raw PCM/wave file writer audio output
                 (no)waveheader
                      Include or do not include the wave header (default: included).  When not included, raw PCM
                      will be generated.
                 file=<filename>
                      Write the sound to <filename> instead of the default audiodump.wav.   If  nowaveheader  is
                      specified, the default is audiodump.pcm.
                 fast
                      Try  to  dump  faster than realtime.  Make sure the output does not get truncated (usually
                      with "Too many video packets in buffer" message).  It is  normal  that  you  get  a  "Your
                      system is too SLOW to play this!" message.

       plugin
              plugin audio output driver

VIDEO OUTPUT OPTIONS (MPLAYER ONLY)

       -adapter <value>
              Set the graphics card that will receive the image.  You can get a list of available cards when you
              run this option with -v.  Currently only works with the directx video output driver.

       -bpp <depth>
              Override the autodetected color depth.  Only supported by the fbdev, dga, svga, vesa video  output
              drivers.

       -border
              Play  movie  with  window  border  and decorations.  Since this is on by default, use -noborder to
              disable the standard window decorations.

       -brightness <-100-100>
              Adjust the brightness of the video signal  (default:  0).   Not  supported  by  all  video  output
              drivers.

       -contrast <-100-100>
              Adjust the contrast of the video signal (default: 0).  Not supported by all video output drivers.

       -display <name> (X11 only)
              Specify the hostname and display number of the X server you want to display on.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -display xtest.localdomain:0

       -dr
              Turns  on  direct  rendering  (not supported by all codecs and video outputs).  This can result in
              significantly faster blitting on some systems, on most the difference will be  minimal.   In  some
              cases,  particularly  with  decoders  specifying their buffer requirements badly, it can be vastly
              slower.
              WARNING: May cause OSD/SUB corruption!

       -dxr2 <option1:option2:...>
              This option is used to control the dxr2 video output driver.

                 ar-mode=<value>
                      aspect ratio mode (0 = normal, 1 = pan-and-scan, 2 = letterbox (default))

                 iec958-encoded
                      Set iec958 output mode to encoded.

                 iec958-decoded
                      Set iec958 output mode to decoded (default).

                 macrovision=<value>
                      macrovision mode (0 = off (default),  1  =  agc,  2  =  agc  2  colorstripe,  3  =  agc  4
                      colorstripe)

                 mute
                      mute sound output

                 unmute
                      unmute sound output

                 ucode=<value>
                      path to the microcode

              TV output

                 75ire
                      enable 7.5 IRE output mode

                 no75ire
                      disable 7.5 IRE output mode (default)

                 bw
                      b/w TV output

                 color
                      color TV output (default)

                 interlaced
                      interlaced TV output (default)

                 nointerlaced
                      disable interlaced TV output

                 norm=<value>
                      TV norm (ntsc (default), pal, pal60, palm, paln, palnc)

                 square-pixel
                      set pixel mode to square

                 ccir601-pixel
                      set pixel mode to ccir601

              overlay

                 cr-left=<0-500>
                      Set the left cropping value (default: 50).

                 cr-right=<0-500>
                      Set the right cropping value (default: 300).

                 cr-top=<0-500>
                      Set the top cropping value (default: 0).

                 cr-bottom=<0-500>
                      Set the bottom cropping value (default: 0).

                 ck-[r|g|b]=<0-255>
                      Set the r(ed), g(reen) or b(lue) gain of the overlay color-key.

                 ck-[r|g|b]min=<0-255>
                      minimum value for the respective color key

                 ck-[r|g|b]max=<0-255>
                      maximum value for the respective color key

                 ignore-cache
                      Ignore cached overlay settings.

                 update-cache
                      Update cached overlay settings.

                 ol-osd
                      Enable overlay onscreen display.

                 nool-osd
                      Disable overlay onscreen display (default).

                 ol[h|w|x|y]-cor=<-20-20>
                      Adjust  the  overlay  size  (h,w)  and position (x,y) in case it does not match the window
                      perfectly (default: 0).

                 overlay
                      Activate overlay (default).

                 nooverlay
                      Activate TV-out.

                 overlay-ratio=<1-2500>
                      Tune the overlay (default: 1000).

       -fbmode <modename> (-vo fbdev only)
              Change video mode to the one that is labeled as <modename> in /etc/fb.modes.
              NOTE: VESA framebuffer does not support mode changing.

       -fbmodeconfig <filename> (-vo fbdev only)
              Override framebuffer mode configuration file (default: /etc/fb.modes).

       -fs (also see -zoom)
              Fullscreen playback (centers movie, and paints black bands around it).  Not supported by all video
              output drivers.

       -fsmode-dontuse <0-31> (OBSOLETE, use the -fs option)
              Try this option if you still experience fullscreen problems.

       -fstype <type1,type2,...> (X11 only)
              Specify  a  priority  list  of fullscreen modes to be used.  You can negate the modes by prefixing
              them with '-'.  If you experience problems like the  fullscreen  window  being  covered  by  other
              windows try using a different order.
              NOTE: See -fstype help for a full list of available modes.

              The available types are:

                 above
                      Use the _NETWM_STATE_ABOVE hint if available.
                 below
                      Use the _NETWM_STATE_BELOW hint if available.
                 fullscreen
                      Use the _NETWM_STATE_FULLSCREEN hint if available.
                 layer
                      Use the _WIN_LAYER hint with the default layer.
                 layer=<0...15>
                      Use the _WIN_LAYER hint with the given layer number.
                 netwm
                      Force NETWM style.
                 none
                      Clear the list of modes; you can add modes to enable afterward.
                 stays_on_top
                      Use _NETWM_STATE_STAYS_ON_TOP hint if available.

              EXAMPLE:
                 layer,stays_on_top,above,fullscreen
                      Default order, will be used as a fallback if incorrect or unsupported modes are specified.
                 -fullscreen
                      Fixes fullscreen switching on OpenBox 1.x.

       -gamma <-100-100>
              Adjust the gamma of the video signal (default: 0).  Not supported by all video output drivers.

       -geometry x[%][:y[%]] or [WxH][+-x+-y]
              Adjust  where  the  output  is  on the screen initially.  The x and y specifications are in pixels
              measured from the top-left of the screen to the top-left of the image being displayed, however  if
              a  percentage  sign is given after the argument it turns the value into a percentage of the screen
              size in that direction.  It also supports the standard X11 -geometry option format, in which  e.g.
              +10-50  means  "place  10  pixels  from  the  left border and 50 pixels from the lower border" and
              "--20+-10" means "place 20 pixels beyond the right and 10 pixels beyond the top  border".   If  an
              external  window  is specified using the -wid option, then the x and y coordinates are relative to
              the top-left corner of the window rather than the screen.  The coordinates  are  relative  to  the
              screen  given with -xineramascreen for the video output drivers that fully support -xineramascreen
              (direct3d, gl, gl2, vdpau, x11, xv, xvmc, corevideo).
              NOTE: This option is only supported by the  x11,  xmga,  xv,  xvmc,  xvidix,  gl,  gl2,  direct3d,
              directx, fbdev, sdl, dfxfb and corevideo video output drivers.

              EXAMPLE:
                 50:40
                      Places the window at x=50, y=40.
                 50%:50%
                      Places the window in the middle of the screen.
                 100%
                      Places the window at the middle of the right edge of the screen.
                 100%:100%
                      Places the window at the bottom right corner of the screen.

       -gui-wid <window ID> (also see -wid) (GUI only)
              This tells the GUI to also use an X11 window and stick itself to the bottom of the video, which is
              useful to embed a mini-GUI in a browser (with the MPlayer plugin for instance).

       -hue <-100-100>
              Adjust the hue of the video signal (default: 0).  You can get a colored negative of the image with
              this option.  Not supported by all video output drivers.

       -monitor-dotclock <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
              Specify the dotclock or pixelclock range of the monitor.

       -monitor-hfreq <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
              Specify the horizontal frequency range of the monitor.

       -monitor-vfreq <range[,range,...]> (-vo fbdev and vesa only)
              Specify the vertical frequency range of the monitor.

       -monitoraspect <ratio> (also see -aspect)
              Set the aspect ratio of your monitor or TV screen.  A value of 0 disables a previous setting (e.g.
              in the config file).  Overrides the -monitorpixelaspect setting if enabled.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -monitoraspect 4:3  or 1.3333
                 -monitoraspect 16:9 or 1.7777

       -monitorpixelaspect <ratio> (also see -aspect)
              Set the aspect of a single pixel of your monitor or TV screen (default: 1).  A value  of  1  means
              square pixels (correct for (almost?) all LCDs).

       -name (X11 only)
              Set the window class name.

       -nodouble
              Disables  double  buffering,  mostly  for  debugging  purposes.  Double buffering fixes flicker by
              storing two frames in memory, and displaying one  while  decoding  another.   It  can  affect  OSD
              negatively, but often removes OSD flickering.

       -nograbpointer
              Do not grab the mouse pointer after a video mode change (-vm).  Useful for multihead setups.

       -nokeepaspect
              Do not keep window aspect ratio when resizing windows.  Only works with the x11, xv, xmga, xvidix,
              directx video output drivers.  Furthermore under X11 your  window  manager  has  to  honor  window
              aspect hints.

       -ontop
              Makes the player window stay on top of other windows.  Supported by video output drivers which use
              X11, except SDL, as well as directx, corevideo, quartz, ggi and gl2.

       -panscan <0.0-1.0>
              Enables pan-and-scan functionality (cropping the sides of e.g. a 16:9 movie to make it fit  a  4:3
              display  without  black  bands).  The range controls how much of the image is cropped.  Only works
              with the xv, xmga, mga, gl, gl2, quartz, corevideo and xvidix video output drivers.
              NOTE: Values between -1 and 0 are allowed as well, but highly experimental and may crash or worse.
              Use at your own risk!

       -panscanrange <-19.0-99.0> (experimental)
              Change  the  range of the pan-and-scan functionality (default: 1).  Positive values mean multiples
              of the default range.  Negative numbers mean you can zoom in up to a  factor  of  -panscanrange+1.
              E.g.  -panscanrange  -3  allows  a  zoom factor of up to 4.  This feature is experimental.  Do not
              report bugs unless you are using -vo gl.

       -refreshrate <Hz>
              Set the monitor refreshrate in Hz.  Currently only supported by -vo directx combined with the  -vm
              option.

       -rootwin
              Play movie in the root window (desktop background).  Desktop background images may cover the movie
              window, though.  Only works with the x11, xv, xmga, xvidix, quartz, corevideo  and  directx  video
              output drivers.

       -saturation <-100-100>
              Adjust  the  saturation  of the video signal (default: 0).  You can get grayscale output with this
              option.  Not supported by all video output drivers.

       -screenh <pixels>
              Specify the screen height for video output drivers which do not know the  screen  resolution  like
              fbdev, x11 and TV-out.

       -screenw <pixels>
              Specify  the  screen  width  for video output drivers which do not know the screen resolution like
              fbdev, x11 and TV-out.

       -(no)stop-xscreensaver (X11 only)
              Turns off xscreensaver at startup and turns it on again  on  exit  (default:  enabled).   If  your
              screensaver supports neither the XSS nor XResetScreenSaver API please use -heartbeat-cmd instead.

       -title (also see -use-filename-title)
              Set the window title.  Supported by X11-based video output drivers.

       -use-filename-title (also see -title)
              Set  the  window title using the media filename, when not set with -title.  Supported by X11-based
              video output drivers.

       -vm
              Try to change to a different video mode.  Supported by the dga, x11, xv,  sdl  and  directx  video
              output  drivers.   If  used  with the directx video output driver the -screenw, -screenh, -bpp and
              -refreshrate options can be used to set the new display mode.

       -vsync
              Enables VBI for the vesa, dfbmga and svga video output drivers.

       -wid <window ID> (also see -gui-wid) (X11, OpenGL and DirectX only)
              This tells MPlayer to attach to an existing window.  Useful to embed MPlayer in  a  browser  (e.g.
              the  plugger  extension).   This  option  fills  the given window completely, thus aspect scaling,
              panscan, etc are no longer handled by MPlayer but must be managed by the application that  created
              the window.

       -xineramascreen <-2-...>
              In Xinerama configurations (i.e. a single desktop that spans across multiple displays) this option
              tells MPlayer which screen to display the movie on.  A value of -2  means  fullscreen  across  the
              whole  virtual  display  (in  this  case  Xinerama  information  is  completely ignored), -1 means
              fullscreen on the display the window currently is on.  The initial position set via the  -geometry
              option  is relative to the specified screen.  Will usually only work with "-fstype -fullscreen" or
              "-fstype none".  This option is not suitable to only set  the  startup  screen  (because  it  will
              always  display  on  the given screen in fullscreen mode), -geometry is the best that is available
              for that purpose currently.  Supported by at least the direct3d, gl, gl2, x11,  xv  and  corevideo
              video output drivers.

       -zrbw (-vo zr only)
              Display in black and white.  For optimal performance, this can be combined with '-lavdopts gray'.

       -zrcrop <[width]x[height]+[x offset]+[y offset]> (-vo zr only)
              Select  a  part  of  the  input  image  to  display, multiple occurrences of this option switch on
              cinerama mode.  In cinerama mode the movie is distributed over more than one  TV  (or  beamer)  to
              create  a  larger  image.   Options appearing after the n-th -zrcrop apply to the n-th MJPEG card,
              each card should at least have a -zrdev in addition to the -zrcrop.  For examples, see the  output
              of -zrhelp and the Zr section of the documentation.

       -zrdev <device> (-vo zr only)
              Specify  the  device  special file that belongs to your MJPEG card, by default the zr video output
              driver takes the first v4l device it can find.

       -zrfd (-vo zr only)
              Force decimation: Decimation, as specified by -zrhdec and -zrvdec, only happens  if  the  hardware
              scaler can stretch the image to its original size.  Use this option to force decimation.

       -zrhdec <1|2|4> (-vo zr only)
              Horizontal  decimation: Ask the driver to send only every 2nd or 4th line/pixel of the input image
              to the MJPEG card and use the scaler of the MJPEG card to stretch the image to its original size.

       -zrhelp (-vo zr only)
              Display a list of all -zr* options, their default values and a cinerama mode example.

       -zrnorm <norm> (-vo zr only)
              Specify the TV norm as PAL or NTSC (default: no change).

       -zrquality <1-20> (-vo zr only)
              A number from 1 (best) to 20 (worst) representing the JPEG encoding quality.

       -zrvdec <1|2|4> (-vo zr only)
              Vertical decimation: Ask the driver to send only every 2nd or 4th line/pixel of the input image to
              the MJPEG card and use the scaler of the MJPEG card to stretch the image to its original size.

       -zrxdoff <x display offset> (-vo zr only)
              If the movie is smaller than the TV screen, this option specifies the x offset from the upper-left
              corner of the TV screen (default: centered).

       -zrydoff <y display offset> (-vo zr only)
              If the movie is smaller than the TV screen, this option specifies the y offset from the upper-left
              corner of the TV screen (default: centered).

VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS (MPLAYER ONLY)

       Video output drivers are interfaces to different video output facilities.  The syntax is:

       -vo <driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of video output drivers to be used.

       If  the  list has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back on drivers not contained in the list.  Suboptions
       are optional and can mostly be omitted.
       NOTE: See -vo help for a list of compiled-in video output drivers.

       EXAMPLE:
                 -vo xmga,xv,
                      Try the Matrox X11 driver, then the Xv driver, then others.
                 -vo directx:noaccel
                      Uses the DirectX driver with acceleration features turned off.

       Available video output drivers are:

       xv (X11 only)
              Uses the XVideo extension of XFree86 4.x to enable hardware accelerated playback.  If  you  cannot
              use  a  hardware  specific  driver,  this is probably the best option.  For information about what
              colorkey is used and how it is drawn run MPlayer with -v option and look out for the lines  tagged
              with [xv common] at the beginning.
                 adaptor=<number>
                      Select a specific XVideo adaptor (check xvinfo results).
                 port=<number>
                      Select a specific XVideo port.
                 ck=<cur|use|set>
                      Select the source from which the colorkey is taken (default: cur).
                         cur  The default takes the colorkey currently set in Xv.
                         use  Use but do not set the colorkey from MPlayer (use -colorkey option to change it).
                         set  Same as use but also sets the supplied colorkey.
                 ck-method=<man|bg|auto>
                      Sets the colorkey drawing method (default: man).
                         man  Draw the colorkey manually (reduces flicker in some cases).
                         bg   Set the colorkey as window background.
                         auto Let Xv draw the colorkey.

       x11 (X11 only)
              Shared  memory  video  output  driver  without  hardware  acceleration  that works whenever X11 is
              present.

       xover (X11 only)
              Adds X11 support to all overlay based video output drivers.  Currently only supported by tdfx_vid.
                 <vo_driver>
                      Select the driver to use as source to overlay on top of X11.

       vdpau (with -vc ffmpeg12vdpau, ffwmv3vdpau, ffvc1vdpau, ffh264vdpau or ffodivxvdpau)
              Video output that uses VDPAU to decode video via hardware.  Also supports displaying of  software-
              decoded video.
                 sharpen=<-1-1>
                      For  positive  values,  apply  a  sharpening algorithm to the video, for negative values a
                      blurring algorithm (default: 0).
                 denoise=<0-1>
                      Apply a noise reduction algorithm to the video (default: 0, no noise reduction).
                 deint=<0-4>
                      Select the deinterlacer (default: 0).  All modes > 0 respect -field-dominance.
                         0    no deinterlacing
                         1    Show only first field, similar to -vf field.
                         2    Bob deinterlacing, similar to -vf tfields=1.
                         3    motion adaptive temporal deinterlacing May lead to  A/V  desync  with  slow  video
                              hardware  and/or  high  resolution.   This is the default if "D" is used to enable
                              deinterlacing.
                         4    motion adaptive temporal  deinterlacing  with  edge-guided  spatial  interpolation
                              Needs fast video hardware.
                 chroma-deint
                      Makes   temporal   deinterlacers   operate   both  on  luma  and  chroma  (default).   Use
                      nochroma-deint to solely use luma and speed up advanced deinterlacing.  Useful  with  slow
                      video memory.
                 pullup
                      Try  to  skip deinterlacing for progressive frames, useful for watching telecined content,
                      needs fast video hardware for high resolutions.  Only works with motion adaptive  temporal
                      deinterlacing.
                 colorspace
                      Select  the  color  space for YUV to RGB conversion.  In general BT.601 should be used for
                      standard definition (SD) content and BT.709  for  high  definition  (HD)  content.   Using
                      incorrect color space results in slightly under or over saturated and shifted colors.
                         0    Guess  the  color  space  based  on video resolution.  Video with width >= 1280 or
                              height > 576 is assumed to be HD and BT.709 color space will be used.
                         1    Use ITU-R BT.601 color space (default).
                         2    Use ITU-R BT.709 color space.
                         3    Use SMPTE-240M color space.
                 hqscaling
                         0    Use default VDPAU scaling (default).
                         1-9  Apply high quality VDPAU scaling (needs capable hardware).
                 force-mixer
                      Forces the use of the VDPAU mixer, which implements  all  above  options  (default).   Use
                      noforce-mixer  to  allow  displaying BGRA colorspace.  (Disables all above options and the
                      hardware equalizer if image format BGRA is actually used.)

       xvmc (X11 with FFmpeg MPEG-1/2 decoder only)
              Video output driver that uses the XvMC (X Video Motion Compensation) extension of XFree86  4.x  to
              speed up MPEG-1/2 and VCR2 decoding.
                 adaptor=<number>
                      Select a specific XVideo adaptor (check xvinfo results).
                 port=<number>
                      Select a specific XVideo port.
                 (no)benchmark
                      Disables  image  display.   Necessary for proper benchmarking of drivers that change image
                      buffers on monitor retrace only  (nVidia).   Default  is  not  to  disable  image  display
                      (nobenchmark).
                 (no)bobdeint
                      Very  simple  deinterlacer.   Might not look better than -vf tfields=1, but it is the only
                      deinterlacer for xvmc (default: nobobdeint).
                 (no)queue
                      Queue frames for display to allow more parallel work of the video  hardware.   May  add  a
                      small (not noticeable) constant A/V desync (default: noqueue).
                 (no)sleep
                      Use  sleep  function  while  waiting  for  rendering  to finish (not recommended on Linux)
                      (default: nosleep).
                 ck=cur|use|set
                      Same as -vo xv:ck (see -vo xv).
                 ck-method=man|bg|auto
                      Same as -vo xv:ck-method (see -vo xv).

       dga (X11 only)
              Play video through the XFree86 Direct Graphics Access extension.  Considered obsolete.

       sdl (SDL only, buggy/outdated)
              Highly platform independent SDL (Simple Directmedia Layer) library video output driver.  Since SDL
              uses  its  own  X11  layer,  MPlayer  X11 options do not have any effect on SDL.  Note that it has
              several minor bugs (-vm/-novm is mostly ignored, -fs behaves like -novm should, window is in  top-
              left corner when returning from fullscreen, panscan is not supported, ...).
                 driver=<driver>
                      Explicitly choose the SDL driver to use.
                 (no)forcexv
                      Use XVideo through the sdl video output driver (default: forcexv).
                 (no)hwaccel
                      Use hardware accelerated scaler (default: hwaccel).

       vidix
              VIDIX  (VIDeo  Interface for *niX) is an interface to the video acceleration features of different
              graphics cards.  Very fast video output driver on cards that support it.
                 <subdevice>
                      Explicitly choose the VIDIX subdevice driver to  use.   Available  subdevice  drivers  are
                      cyberblade,  ivtv,  mach64, mga_crtc2, mga, nvidia, pm2, pm3, radeon, rage128, s3, sh_veu,
                      sis_vid and unichrome.

       xvidix (X11 only)
              X11 frontend for VIDIX
                 <subdevice>
                      same as vidix

       cvidix
              Generic and platform independent VIDIX frontend, can even run in a text console with nVidia cards.
                 <subdevice>
                      same as vidix

       winvidix (Windows only)
              Windows frontend for VIDIX
                 <subdevice>
                      same as vidix

       direct3d (Windows only) (BETA CODE!)
              Video output driver that uses the Direct3D interface (useful for Vista).

       directx (Windows only)
              Video output driver that uses the DirectX interface.
                 noaccel
                      Turns off hardware acceleration.  Try this option if you have display problems.

       kva (OS/2 only)
              Video output driver that uses the libkva interface.
                 snap Force SNAP mode.
                 wo   Force WarpOverlay! mode.
                 dive Force DIVE mode.
                 (no)t23
                      Enable or disable workaround for T23 laptop  (default:  disabled).   Try  to  enable  this
                      option if your video card supports upscaling only.

       quartz (Mac OS X only)
              Mac  OS  X  Quartz  video  output driver.  Under some circumstances, it might be more efficient to
              force a packed YUV output format, with e.g. -vf format=yuy2.
                 device_id=<number>
                      Choose the display device to use in fullscreen.
                 fs_res=<width>:<height>
                      Specify the fullscreen resolution (useful on slow systems).

       corevideo (Mac OS X 10.4 or 10.3.9 with QuickTime 7)
              Mac OS X CoreVideo video output driver
                 device_id=<number>
                      Choose the display device to use for fullscreen or set it to -1 to  always  use  the  same
                      screen the video window is on (default: -1 - auto).
                 shared_buffer
                      Write  output  to  a  shared  memory  buffer  instead  of displaying it and try to open an
                      existing NSConnection for communication with a GUI.
                 buffer_name=<name>
                      Name of the shared buffer created with shm_open as well as the name  of  the  NSConnection
                      MPlayer  will try to open (default: "mplayerosx").  Setting buffer_name implicitly enables
                      shared_buffer.

       fbdev (Linux only)
              Uses the kernel framebuffer to play video.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (e.g. /dev/fb0) or the name  of  the  VIDIX
                      subdevice if the device name starts with 'vidix' (e.g. 'vidixsis_vid' for the sis driver).

       fbdev2 (Linux only)
              Uses the kernel framebuffer to play video, alternative implementation.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default: /dev/fb0).

       vesa
              Very general video output driver that should work on any VESA VBE 2.0 compatible card.
                 (no)dga
                      Turns DGA mode on or off (default: on).
                 neotv_pal
                      Activate the NeoMagic TV out and set it to PAL norm.
                 neotv_ntsc
                      Activate the NeoMagic TV out and set it to NTSC norm.
                 vidix
                      Use the VIDIX driver.
                 lvo:
                      Activate the Linux Video Overlay on top of VESA mode.

       svga
              Play video using the SVGA library.
                 <video mode>
                      Specify  video  mode to use.  The mode can be given in a <width>x<height>x<colors> format,
                      e.g. 640x480x16M or be a graphics mode number, e.g. 84.
                 bbosd
                      Draw OSD into black bands below the movie (slower).
                 native
                      Use only native drawing  functions.   This  avoids  direct  rendering,  OSD  and  hardware
                      acceleration.
                 retrace
                      Force frame switch on vertical retrace.  Usable only with -double.  It has the same effect
                      as the -vsync option.
                 sq
                      Try to select a video mode with square pixels.
                 vidix
                      Use svga with VIDIX.

       gl
              OpenGL video output driver, simple version.  Video size must be smaller than the  maximum  texture
              size  of  your  OpenGL  implementation.   Intended  to  work  even  with  the  most  basic  OpenGL
              implementations, but also makes use of newer extensions, which allow support for more  colorspaces
              and direct rendering.  For optimal speed try adding the options
              -dr -noslices
              The  code performs very few checks, so if a feature does not work, this might be because it is not
              supported by your card/OpenGL implementation even if you  do  not  get  any  error  message.   Use
              glxinfo or a similar tool to display the supported OpenGL extensions.
                 backend=<n>
                      Select the backend/OpenGL implementation to use (default: -1).
                         -1: Autoselect
                         0: Win32/WGL
                         1: X11/GLX
                         2: SDL
                         3: X11/EGL (highly experimental)
                 (no)ati-hack
                      ATI  drivers  may give a corrupted image when PBOs are used (when using -dr or force-pbo).
                      This option fixes this, at the expense of using a bit more memory.
                 (no)force-pbo
                      Always uses PBOs to transfer textures even if this involves an extra copy.  Currently this
                      gives a little extra speed with NVidia drivers and a lot more speed with ATI drivers.  May
                      need -noslices and the ati-hack suboption to work correctly.
                 (no)scaled-osd
                      Changes the way the OSD behaves when the size of the window changes  (default:  disabled).
                      When  enabled behaves more like the other video output drivers, which is better for fixed-
                      size fonts.  Disabled looks much better with  FreeType  fonts  and  uses  the  borders  in
                      fullscreen  mode.   Does not work correctly with ass subtitles (see -ass), you can instead
                      render them without OpenGL support via -vf ass.
                 osdcolor=<0xAARRGGBB>
                      Color for OSD (default: 0x00ffffff, corresponds to non-transparent white).
                 rectangle=<0,1,2>
                      Select usage of rectangular textures which saves video RAM, but often is slower  (default:
                      0).
                         0: Use power-of-two textures (default).
                         1: Use the GL_ARB_texture_rectangle extension.
                         2:  Use the GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two extension.  In some cases only supported in
                         software and thus very slow.
                 swapinterval=<n>
                      Minimum interval between two buffer swaps, counted in displayed frames (default: 1).  1 is
                      equivalent  to  enabling VSYNC, 0 to disabling VSYNC.  Values below 0 will leave it at the
                      system default.  This limits the framerate to (horizontal refresh  rate  /  n).   Requires
                      GLX_SGI_swap_control  support  to  work.   With some (most/all?) implementations this only
                      works in fullscreen mode.
                 ycbcr
                      Use the GL_MESA_ycbcr_texture extension to convert YUV to RGB.   In  most  cases  this  is
                      probably slower than doing software conversion to RGB.
                 yuv=<n>
                      Select  the type of YUV to RGB conversion.  The default is auto-detection deciding between
                      values 0 and 2.
                         0: Use software conversion.  Compatible with all OpenGL versions.  Provides brightness,
                         contrast and saturation control.
                         1:    Use    register    combiners.     This    uses   an   nVidia-specific   extension
                         (GL_NV_register_combiners).   At  least  three  texture  units  are  needed.   Provides
                         saturation and hue control.  This method is fast but inexact.
                         2:  Use  a  fragment program.  Needs the GL_ARB_fragment_program extension and at least
                         three texture units.  Provides brightness, contrast, saturation and hue control.
                         3: Use a fragment program using the POW instruction.  Needs the GL_ARB_fragment_program
                         extension and at least three texture units.  Provides brightness, contrast, saturation,
                         hue and gamma control.  Gamma can also be set independently for red,  green  and  blue.
                         Method 4 is usually faster.
                         4:  Use  a  fragment program with additional lookup.  Needs the GL_ARB_fragment_program
                         extension and at least four texture units.  Provides brightness, contrast,  saturation,
                         hue and gamma control.  Gamma can also be set independently for red, green and blue.
                         5:  Use  ATI-specific  method  (for  older cards).  This uses an ATI-specific extension
                         (GL_ATI_fragment_shader - not GL_ARB_fragment_shader!).  At least three  texture  units
                         are needed.  Provides saturation and hue control.  This method is fast but inexact.
                         6:  Use  a  3D  texture to do conversion via lookup.  Needs the GL_ARB_fragment_program
                         extension and at least four texture units.  Extremely slow (software emulation) on some
                         (all?)  ATI  cards  since  it  uses a texture with border pixels.  Provides brightness,
                         contrast, saturation, hue and gamma control.  Gamma can also be set  independently  for
                         red, green and blue.  Speed depends more on GPU memory bandwidth than other methods.
                 colorspace
                      Select the color space for YUV to RGB conversion.
                         0    Use the formula used normally by MPlayer (default).
                         1    Use ITU-R BT.601 color space.
                         2    Use ITU-R BT.709 color space.
                         3    Use SMPTE-240M color space.
                 levelconv=<n>
                      Select the brightness level conversion to use for the YUV to RGB conversion
                         0    Convert TV to PC levels (default).
                         1    Convert PC to TV levels.
                         2    Do not do any conversion.
                 lscale=<n>
                      Select  the scaling function to use for luminance scaling.  Only valid for yuv modes 2, 3,
                      4 and 6.
                         0    Use simple linear filtering (default).
                         1    Use bicubic B-spline filtering (better quality).   Needs  one  additional  texture
                              unit.   Older  cards  will  not  be  able  to  handle  this for chroma at least in
                              fullscreen mode.
                         2    Use cubic filtering in horizontal, linear filtering in vertical direction.   Works
                              on a few more cards than method 1.
                         3    Same as 1 but does not use a lookup texture.  Might be faster on some cards.
                         4    Use  experimental  unsharp  masking with 3x3 support and a default strength of 0.5
                              (see filter-strength).
                         5    Use experimental unsharp masking with 5x5 support and a default  strength  of  0.5
                              (see filter-strength).
                 cscale=<n>
                      Select the scaling function to use for chrominance scaling.  For details see lscale.
                 filter-strength=<value>
                      Set the effect strength for the lscale/cscale filters that support it.
                 noise-strength=<value>
                      Set how much noise to add. 0 to disable (default), 1.0 for level suitable for dithering to
                      6 bit.
                 stereo=<value>
                      Select a method for stereo display.  You may have to use -aspect to fix the aspect  value.
                      Add 32 to swap left and right side.  Experimental, do not expect too much from it.
                         0    normal 2D display
                         1    Convert side by side input to full-color red-cyan stereo.
                         2    Convert side by side input to full-color green-magenta stereo.
                         3    Convert  side  by  side  input to quadbuffered stereo.  Only supported by very few
                              OpenGL cards.

              The following options are only useful if writing your own fragment programs.

                 customprog=<filename>
                      Load a custom fragment program from <filename>.  See TOOLS/edgedect.fp for an example.
                 customtex=<filename>
                      Load a custom "gamma ramp" texture from <filename>.  This can be used in combination  with
                      yuv=4 or with the customprog option.
                 (no)customtlin
                      If  enabled  (default) use GL_LINEAR interpolation, otherwise use GL_NEAREST for customtex
                      texture.
                 (no)customtrect
                      If enabled, use texture_rectangle for customtex texture.  Default is disabled.
                 (no)mipmapgen
                      If enabled, mipmaps for the video are automatically  generated.   This  should  be  useful
                      together  with  the  customprog  and  the TXB instruction to implement blur filters with a
                      large radius.  For most OpenGL implementations this is very slow for any non-RGB  formats.
                      Default is disabled.

              Normally there is no reason to use the following options, they mostly exist for testing purposes.

                 (no)glfinish
                      Call  glFinish()  before  swapping  buffers.  Slower but in some cases more correct output
                      (default: disabled).
                 (no)manyfmts
                      Enables support for more (RGB and BGR) color formats  (default:  enabled).   Needs  OpenGL
                      version >= 1.2.
                 slice-height=<0-...>
                      Number of lines copied to texture in one piece (default: 0).  0 for whole image.
                      NOTE: If YUV colorspace is used (see yuv suboption), special rules apply:
                         If  the  decoder  uses slice rendering (see -noslices), this setting has no effect, the
                         size of the slices as provided by the decoder is used.
                         If the decoder does not use slice rendering, the default is 16.
                 (no)osd
                      Enable or disable support for OSD rendering via OpenGL (default: enabled).  This option is
                      for testing; to disable the OSD use -osdlevel 0 instead.
                 (no)aspect
                      Enable  or  disable aspect scaling and pan-and-scan support (default: enabled).  Disabling
                      might increase speed.

       gl2
              Variant of the OpenGL video output driver.  Supports videos larger than the maximum  texture  size
              but  lacks  many of the advanced features and optimizations of the gl driver and is unlikely to be
              extended further.
                 (no)glfinish
                      same as gl (default: enabled)
                 yuv=<n>
                      Select the type of YUV to RGB conversion.  If  set  to  anything  except  0  OSD  will  be
                      disabled  and  brightness,  contrast  and gamma setting is only available via the global X
                      server settings.  Apart from this the values have the same meaning as for -vo gl.

       matrixview
              OpenGL-based renderer creating a Matrix-like running-text effect.
                 cols=<n>
                      Number of text columns to display.  Very low values (<  16)  will  probably  fail  due  to
                      scaler limitations.  Values not divisible by 16 may cause issues as well.
                 rows=<n>
                      Number  of  text rows to display.  Very low values (< 16) will probably fail due to scaler
                      limitations.  Values not divisible by 16 may cause issues as well.

       null
              Produces no video output.  Useful for benchmarking.

       aa
              ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console.
              NOTE: The driver does not handle -aspect correctly.
              HINT: You probably have to specify -monitorpixelaspect.  Try 'mplayer -vo  aa  -monitorpixelaspect
              0.5'.

       caca
              Color ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console.

       bl
              Video playback using the Blinkenlights UDP protocol.  This driver is highly hardware specific.
                 <subdevice>
                      Explicitly  choose  the  Blinkenlights  subdevice  driver  to  use.   It is something like
                      arcade:host=localhost:2323 or hdl:file=name1,file=name2.  You must specify a subdevice.

       ggi
              GGI graphics system video output driver
                 <driver>
                      Explicitly choose the GGI driver to use.  Replace any ',' that would appear in the  driver
                      string by a '.'.

       directfb
              Play video using the DirectFB library.
                 (no)input
                      Use the DirectFB instead of the MPlayer keyboard code (default: enabled).
                 buffermode=single|double|triple
                      Double and triple buffering give best results if you want to avoid tearing issues.  Triple
                      buffering is more efficient than double buffering as  it  does  not  block  MPlayer  while
                      waiting for the vertical retrace.  Single buffering should be avoided (default: single).
                 fieldparity=top|bottom
                      Control  the output order for interlaced frames (default: disabled).  Valid values are top
                      = top fields first, bottom = bottom fields first.  This option does not have any effect on
                      progressive  film  material  like most MPEG movies are.  You need to enable this option if
                      you have tearing issues or unsmooth motions watching interlaced film material.
                 layer=N
                      Will force layer with ID N for playback (default: -1 - auto).
                 dfbopts=<list>
                      Specify a parameter list for DirectFB.

       dfbmga
              Matrox G400/G450/G550 specific video output driver that uses the DirectFB library to make  use  of
              special  hardware  features.   Enables  CRTC2 (second head), displaying video independently of the
              first head.
                 (no)input
                      same as directfb (default: disabled)
                 buffermode=single|double|triple
                      same as directfb (default: triple)
                 fieldparity=top|bottom
                      same as directfb
                 (no)bes
                      Enable the use of the Matrox BES (backend scaler) (default: disabled).   Gives  very  good
                      results  concerning speed and output quality as interpolated picture processing is done in
                      hardware.  Works only on the primary head.
                 (no)spic
                      Make use of the Matrox sub picture layer to display the OSD (default: enabled).
                 (no)crtc2
                      Turn on TV-out on the second head (default: enabled).  The output quality is amazing as it
                      is a full interlaced picture with proper sync to every odd/even field.
                 tvnorm=pal|ntsc|auto
                      Will  set  the  TV  norm of the Matrox card without the need for modifying /etc/directfbrc
                      (default: disabled).  Valid norms are pal = PAL, ntsc = NTSC.  Special norm is auto (auto-
                      adjust using PAL/NTSC) because it decides which norm to use by looking at the framerate of
                      the movie.

       mga (Linux only)
              Matrox specific video output driver that makes use of the  YUV  back  end  scaler  on  Gxxx  cards
              through a kernel module.  If you have a Matrox card, this is the fastest option.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the Matrox device name to use (default: /dev/mga_vid).

       xmga (Linux, X11 only)
              The mga video output driver, running in an X11 window.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the Matrox device name to use (default: /dev/mga_vid).

       s3fb (Linux only) (also see -dr)
              S3  Virge  specific  video  output  driver.   This  driver  supports the card's YUV conversion and
              scaling, double buffering and direct rendering features.  Use -vf  format=yuy2  to  get  hardware-
              accelerated YUY2 rendering, which is much faster than YV12 on this card.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default: /dev/fb0).

       wii (Linux only)
              Nintendo Wii/GameCube specific video output driver.

       3dfx (Linux only)
              3dfx-specific  video output driver that directly uses the hardware on top of X11.  Only 16 bpp are
              supported.

       tdfxfb (Linux only)
              This driver employs the tdfxfb framebuffer driver to play movies with  YUV  acceleration  on  3dfx
              cards.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the fbdev device name to use (default: /dev/fb0).

       tdfx_vid (Linux only)
              3dfx-specific video output driver that works in combination with the tdfx_vid kernel module.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the device name to use (default: /dev/tdfx_vid).

       dxr2 (also see -dxr2) (DXR2 only)
              Creative DXR2 specific video output driver.
                 <vo_driver>
                      Output video subdriver to use as overlay (x11, xv).

       dxr3 (DXR3 only)
              Sigma  Designs  em8300  MPEG  decoder  chip (Creative DXR3, Sigma Designs Hollywood Plus) specific
              video output driver.  Also see the lavc video filter.
                 overlay
                      Activates the overlay instead of TV-out.
                 prebuf
                      Turns on prebuffering.
                 sync
                      Will turn on the new sync-engine.
                 norm=<norm>
                      Specifies the TV norm.
                         0: Does not change current norm (default).
                         1: Auto-adjust using PAL/NTSC.
                         2: Auto-adjust using PAL/PAL-60.
                         3: PAL
                         4: PAL-60
                         5: NTSC
                 <0-3>
                      Specifies the device number to use if you have more than one em8300 card.

       ivtv (IVTV only)
              Conexant CX23415 (iCompression iTVC15) or Conexant CX23416 (iCompression iTVC16) MPEG decoder chip
              (Hauppauge  WinTV PVR-150/250/350/500) specific video output driver for TV-out.  Also see the lavc
              video filter.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the MPEG decoder device name to use (default: /dev/video16).
                 <output>
                      Explicitly choose the TV-out output to be used for the video signal.

       v4l2 (requires Linux 2.6.22+ kernel)
              Video output driver for V4L2 compliant cards with built-in hardware MPEG decoder.   Also  see  the
              lavc video filter.
                 <device>
                      Explicitly choose the MPEG decoder device name to use (default: /dev/video16).
                 <output>
                      Explicitly choose the TV-out output to be used for the video signal.

       mpegpes (DVB only)
              Video  output  driver  for  DVB cards that writes the output to an MPEG-PES file if no DVB card is
              installed.
                 card=<1-4>
                      Specifies the device number to use if you have more than one DVB output card (V3 API only,
                      such  as  1.x.y  series  drivers).   If not specified MPlayer will search the first usable
                      card.
                 <filename>
                      output filename (default: ./grab.mpg)

       zr (also see -zr* and -zrhelp)
              Video output driver for a number of MJPEG capture/playback cards.

       zr2 (also see the zrmjpeg video filter)
              Video output driver for a number of MJPEG capture/playback cards, second generation.
                 dev=<device>
                      Specifies the video device to use.
                 norm=<PAL|NTSC|SECAM|auto>
                      Specifies the video norm to use (default: auto).
                 (no)prebuf
                      (De)Activate prebuffering, not yet supported.

       md5sum
              Calculate MD5 sums of each frame and write them to a file.  Supports RGB24 and  YV12  colorspaces.
              Useful for debugging.
                 outfile=<value>
                      Specify the output filename (default: ./md5sums).

       yuv4mpeg
              Transforms  the  video  stream into a sequence of uncompressed YUV 4:2:0 images and stores it in a
              file (default: ./stream.yuv).  The format is the same as the one employed by mjpegtools,  so  this
              is  useful  if  you  want  to  process  the video with the mjpegtools suite.  It supports the YV12
              format.  If your source file has a different format and  is  interlaced,  make  sure  to  use  -vf
              scale=::1  to  ensure  the conversion uses interlaced mode.  You can combine it with the -fixed-vo
              option to concatenate files with the same dimensions and fps value.
                 interlaced
                      Write the output as interlaced frames, top field first.
                 interlaced_bf
                      Write the output as interlaced frames, bottom field first.
                 file=<filename>
                      Write the output to <filename> instead of the default stream.yuv.

              NOTE: If you do not specify any option the output is progressive (i.e. not interlaced).

       gif89a
              Output each frame into a single animated GIF file in the current directory.  It supports only  RGB
              format with 24 bpp and the output is converted to 256 colors.
                 <fps>
                      Float value to specify framerate (default: 5.0).
                 <output>
                      Specify the output filename (default: ./out.gif).

              NOTE:  You  must  specify  the  framerate before the filename or the framerate will be part of the
              filename.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer video.nut -vo gif89a:fps=15:output=test.gif

       jpeg
              Output each frame into a JPEG file in the current directory.  Each file  takes  the  frame  number
              padded with leading zeros as name.
                 [no]progressive
                      Specify standard or progressive JPEG (default: noprogressive).
                 [no]baseline
                      Specify use of baseline or not (default: baseline).
                 optimize=<0-100>
                      optimization factor (default: 100)
                 smooth=<0-100>
                      smooth factor (default: 0)
                 quality=<0-100>
                      quality factor (default: 75)
                 outdir=<dirname>
                      Specify the directory to save the JPEG files to (default: ./).
                 subdirs=<prefix>
                      Create  numbered  subdirectories with the specified prefix to save the files in instead of
                      the current directory.
                 maxfiles=<value> (subdirs only)
                      Maximum number of files to be saved per subdirectory.  Must be equal to or larger  than  1
                      (default: 1000).

       pnm
              Output  each  frame  into  a  PNM file in the current directory.  Each file takes the frame number
              padded with leading zeros as name.  It supports PPM, PGM and PGMYUV files in both  raw  and  ASCII
              mode.  Also see pnm(5), ppm(5) and pgm(5).
                 ppm
                      Write PPM files (default).
                 pgm
                      Write PGM files.
                 pgmyuv
                      Write  PGMYUV files.  PGMYUV is like PGM, but it also contains the U and V plane, appended
                      at the bottom of the picture.
                 raw
                      Write PNM files in raw mode (default).
                 ascii
                      Write PNM files in ASCII mode.
                 outdir=<dirname>
                      Specify the directory to save the PNM files to (default: ./).
                 subdirs=<prefix>
                      Create numbered subdirectories with the specified prefix to save the files in  instead  of
                      the current directory.
                 maxfiles=<value> (subdirs only)
                      Maximum  number  of files to be saved per subdirectory.  Must be equal to or larger than 1
                      (default: 1000).

       png
              Output each frame into a PNG file in the current directory.  Each  file  takes  the  frame  number
              padded with leading zeros as name.  24bpp RGB and BGR formats are supported.
                 z=<0-9>
                      Specifies the compression level.  0 is no compression, 9 is maximum compression.
                 outdir=<dirname>
                      Specify the directory to save the PNG files to (default: ./).
                 prefix=<prefix>
                      Specify the prefix to be used for the PNG filenames (default: no prefix).
                 alpha
                      Create  PNG  files  with  an alpha channel.  Note that MPlayer in general does not support
                      alpha, so this will only be useful in some rare cases.

       mng
              Output video into an animated MNG file using 24 bpp RGB images with lossless compression.
                 output=<filename>
                      Specify the output filename (default: out.mng).

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer video.mkv -vo mng:output=test.mng

       tga
              Output each frame into a Targa file in the current directory.  Each file takes  the  frame  number
              padded  with  leading  zeros as name.  The purpose of this video output driver is to have a simple
              lossless image writer to use without any external library.  It supports the BGR[A]  color  format,
              with 15, 24 and 32 bpp.  You can force a particular format with the format video filter.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer video.nut -vf format=bgr15 -vo tga

DECODING/FILTERING OPTIONS

       -ac <[-|+]codec1,[-|+]codec2,...[,]>
              Specify  a priority list of audio codecs to be used, according to their codec name in codecs.conf.
              Use a '-' before the codec name to omit it.  Use a '+' before the codec name  to  force  it,  this
              will  likely crash!  If the list has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back on codecs not contained
              in the list.
              NOTE: See -ac help for a full list of available codecs.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ac mp3acm
                      Force the l3codeca.acm MP3 codec.
                 -ac mad,
                      Try libmad first, then fall back on others.
                 -ac hwac3,a52,
                      Try hardware AC-3 passthrough, software AC-3, then others.
                 -ac hwdts,
                      Try hardware DTS passthrough, then fall back on others.
                 -ac -ffmp3,
                      Skip FFmpeg's MP3 decoder.

       -af-adv <force=(0-7):list=(filters)> (also see -af)
              Specify advanced audio filter options:

                 force=<0-7>
                      Forces the insertion of audio filters to one of the following:
                         0: Use completely automatic filter insertion (currently identical to 1).
                         1: Optimize for accuracy (default).
                         2: Optimize for speed.  Warning: Some features in the audio filters may silently  fail,
                         and the sound quality may drop.
                         3:  Use  no  automatic  insertion  of  filters and no optimization.  Warning: It may be
                         possible to crash MPlayer using this setting.
                         4: Use automatic insertion of filters according to 0  above,  but  use  floating  point
                         processing when possible.
                         5:  Use  automatic  insertion  of  filters according to 1 above, but use floating point
                         processing when possible.
                         6: Use automatic insertion of filters according to 2  above,  but  use  floating  point
                         processing when possible.
                         7:  Use  no automatic insertion of filters according to 3 above, and use floating point
                         processing when possible.

                 list=<filters>
                      Same as -af.

       -afm <driver1,driver2,...>
              Specify a priority list of audio codec families to be used,  according  to  their  codec  name  in
              codecs.conf.  Falls back on the default codecs if none of the given codec families work.
              NOTE: See -afm help for a full list of available codec families.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -afm ffmpeg
                      Try FFmpeg's libavcodec codecs first.
                 -afm acm,dshow
                      Try Win32 codecs first.

       -aspect <ratio> (also see -zoom)
              Override  movie aspect ratio, in case aspect information is incorrect or missing in the file being
              played.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -aspect 4:3  or -aspect 1.3333
                 -aspect 16:9 or -aspect 1.7777

       -noaspect
              Disable automatic movie aspect ratio compensation.

       -field-dominance <-1-1>
              Set first field for interlaced content.  Useful for deinterlacers that double the  framerate:  -vf
              tfields=1, -vf yadif=1, -vo vdpau:deint and -vo xvmc:bobdeint.
                 -1   auto  (default): If the decoder does not export the appropriate information, it falls back
                      to 0 (top field first).
                 0    top field first
                 1    bottom field first

       -flip
              Flip image upside-down.

       -lavdopts <option1:option2:...> (DEBUG CODE)
              Specify libavcodec decoding parameters.  Separate multiple options with a colon.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -lavdopts gray:skiploopfilter=all:skipframe=nonref

              Available options are:

                 bitexact
                      Only use bit-exact algorithms in all decoding steps (for codec testing).

                 bug=<value>
                      Manually work around encoder bugs.
                         0: nothing
                         1: autodetect bugs (default)
                         2 (msmpeg4v3): some old lavc generated msmpeg4v3 files (no autodetection)
                         4 (mpeg4): Xvid interlacing bug (autodetected if fourcc==XVIX)
                         8 (mpeg4): UMP4 (autodetected if fourcc==UMP4)
                         16 (mpeg4): padding bug (autodetected)
                         32 (mpeg4): illegal vlc bug (autodetected per fourcc)
                         64 (mpeg4): Xvid and DivX qpel bug (autodetected per fourcc/version)
                         128 (mpeg4): old standard qpel (autodetected per fourcc/version)
                         256 (mpeg4): another qpel bug (autodetected per fourcc/version)
                         512 (mpeg4): direct-qpel-blocksize bug (autodetected per fourcc/version)
                         1024 (mpeg4): edge padding bug (autodetected per fourcc/version)

                 debug=<value>
                      Display debugging information.
                         0: disabled
                         1: picture info
                         2: rate control
                         4: bitstream
                         8: macroblock (MB) type
                         16: per-block quantization parameter (QP)
                         32: motion vector
                         0x0040: motion vector visualization (use -noslices)
                         0x0080: macroblock (MB) skip
                         0x0100: startcode
                         0x0200: PTS
                         0x0400: error resilience
                         0x0800: memory management control operations (H.264)
                         0x1000: bugs
                         0x2000: Visualize quantization parameter (QP), lower QP are tinted greener.
                         0x4000: Visualize block types.

                 ec=<value>
                      Set error concealment strategy.
                         1: Use strong deblock filter for damaged MBs.
                         2: iterative motion vector (MV) search (slow)
                         3: all (default)

                 er=<value>
                      Set error resilience strategy.
                         0: disabled
                         1: careful (Should work with broken encoders.)
                         2: normal (default) (Works with compliant encoders.)
                         3: aggressive (More checks, but might cause problems even for valid bitstreams.)
                         4: very aggressive

                 fast (MPEG-2, MPEG-4, and H.264 only)
                      Enable optimizations which do not comply to the specification and might potentially  cause
                      problems,  like  simpler  dequantization, simpler motion compensation, assuming use of the
                      default quantization matrix, assuming YUV 4:2:0  and  skipping  a  few  checks  to  detect
                      damaged bitstreams.

                 gray
                      grayscale only decoding (a bit faster than with color)

                 idct=<0-99> (see -lavcopts)
                      For best decoding quality use the same IDCT algorithm for decoding and encoding.  This may
                      come at a price in accuracy, though.

                 lowres=<number>[,<w>]
                      Decode at lower resolutions.  Low resolution decoding is not supported by all codecs,  and
                      it  will  often  result  in  ugly  artifacts.  This is not a bug, but a side effect of not
                      decoding at full resolution.
                         0: disabled
                         1: 1/2 resolution
                         2: 1/4 resolution
                         3: 1/8 resolution
                      If <w> is specified lowres decoding will be used only if the width of the video  is  major
                      than or equal to <w>.
                 o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]   Pass AVOptions to libavcodec decoder.  Note, a patch to
                 make the o= unneeded and pass all unknown options through the AVOption system  is  welcome.   A
                 full  list of AVOptions can be found in the FFmpeg manual.  Note that some options may conflict
                 with MEncoder options.

                      EXAMPLE:
                           o=debug=pict

                 sb=<number> (MPEG-2 only)
                      Skip the given number of macroblock rows at the bottom.

                 st=<number> (MPEG-2 only)
                      Skip the given number of macroblock rows at the top.

                 skiploopfilter=<skipvalue> (H.264 only)
                      Skips the loop filter (AKA deblocking) during H.264 decoding.  Since the filtered frame is
                      supposed  to be used as reference for decoding dependent frames this has a worse effect on
                      quality than not doing deblocking on e.g. MPEG-2 video.  But at  least  for  high  bitrate
                      HDTV this provides a big speedup with no visible quality loss.

                      <skipvalue> can be either one of the following:
                         none: Never skip.
                         default: Skip useless processing steps (e.g. 0 size packets in AVI).
                         nonref:  Skip  frames that are not referenced (i.e. not used for decoding other frames,
                         the error cannot "build up").
                         bidir: Skip B-Frames.
                         nonkey: Skip all frames except keyframes.
                         all: Skip all frames.

                 skipidct=<skipvalue> (MPEG-1/2 only)
                      Skips the  IDCT  step.   This  degrades  quality  a  lot  of  in  almost  all  cases  (see
                      skiploopfilter for available skip values).

                 skipframe=<skipvalue>
                      Skips  decoding  of  frames  completely.   Big speedup, but jerky motion and sometimes bad
                      artifacts (see skiploopfilter for available skip values).

                 threads=<1-8> (MPEG-1/2 and H.264 only)
                      number of threads to use for decoding (default: 1)

                 vismv=<value>
                      Visualize motion vectors.
                         0: disabled
                         1: Visualize forward predicted MVs of P-frames.
                         2: Visualize forward predicted MVs of B-frames.
                         4: Visualize backward predicted MVs of B-frames.

                 vstats
                      Prints some statistics and stores them in ./vstats_*.log.

                 wait_keyframe
                      Wait for a keyframe before displaying anything.  Avoids broken frames at startup or  after
                      seeking with some formats.

       -noslices
              Disable  drawing  video by 16-pixel height slices/bands, instead draws the whole frame in a single
              run.  May be faster or slower, depending on video card and available cache.  It  has  effect  only
              with libmpeg2 and libavcodec codecs.

       -nosound
              Do not play/encode sound.  Useful for benchmarking.

       -novideo
              Do not play/encode video.  In many cases this will not work, use -vc null -vo null instead.

       -pp <quality> (also see -vf pp)
              Set  the  DLL postprocess level.  This option is no longer usable with -vf pp.  It only works with
              Win32 DirectShow DLLs with internal postprocessing routines.  The valid range of -pp values varies
              by codec, it is mostly 0-6, where 0=disable, 6=slowest/best.

       -pphelp (also see -vf pp)
              Show a summary about the available postprocess filters and their usage.

       -ssf <mode>
              Specifies software scaler parameters.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf scale -ssf lgb=3.0
                 lgb=<0-100>
                      gaussian blur filter (luma)
                 cgb=<0-100>
                      gaussian blur filter (chroma)
                 ls=<-100-100>
                      sharpen filter (luma)
                 cs=<-100-100>
                      sharpen filter (chroma)
                 chs=<h>
                      chroma horizontal shifting
                 cvs=<v>
                      chroma vertical shifting

       -stereo <mode>
              Select type of MP2/MP3 stereo output.
                 0    stereo
                 1    left channel
                 2    right channel

       -sws <software scaler type> (also see -vf scale and -zoom)
              Specify the software scaler algorithm to be used with the -zoom option.  This affects video output
              drivers which lack hardware acceleration, e.g. x11.

              Available types are:

                 0    fast bilinear
                 1    bilinear
                 2    bicubic (good quality) (default)
                 3    experimental
                 4    nearest neighbor (bad quality)
                 5    area
                 6    luma bicubic / chroma bilinear
                 7    gauss
                 8    sincR
                 9    lanczos
                 10   natural bicubic spline

              NOTE: Some -sws options are tunable.  The description  of  the  scale  video  filter  has  further
              information.

       -vc <[-|+]codec1,[-|+]codec2,...[,]>
              Specify  a priority list of video codecs to be used, according to their codec name in codecs.conf.
              Use a '-' before the codec name to omit it.  Use a '+' before the codec name  to  force  it,  this
              will  likely crash!  If the list has a trailing ',' MPlayer will fall back on codecs not contained
              in the list.
              NOTE: See -vc help for a full list of available codecs.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vc divx
                      Force Win32/VfW DivX codec, no fallback.
                 -vc -divxds,-divx,
                      Skip Win32 DivX codecs.
                 -vc ffmpeg12,mpeg12,
                      Try libavcodec's MPEG-1/2 codec, then libmpeg2, then others.

       -vfm <driver1,driver2,...>
              Specify a priority list of  video  codec  families  to  be  used,  according  to  their  names  in
              codecs.conf.  Falls back on the default codecs if none of the given codec families work.
              NOTE: See -vfm help for a full list of available codec families.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vfm ffmpeg,dshow,vfw
                      Try  the  libavcodec, then Directshow, then VfW codecs and fall back on others, if they do
                      not work.
                 -vfm xanim
                      Try XAnim codecs first.

       -x <x> (also see -zoom) (MPlayer only)
              Scale  image  to  width  <x>  (if  software/hardware  scaling  is  available).   Disables   aspect
              calculations.

       -xvidopts <option1:option2:...>
              Specify additional parameters when decoding with Xvid.
              NOTE:  Since  libavcodec  is  faster than Xvid you might want to use the libavcodec postprocessing
              filter (-vf pp) and decoder (-vfm ffmpeg) instead.

              Xvid's internal postprocessing filters:
                 deblock-chroma (also see -vf pp)
                      chroma deblock filter
                 deblock-luma (also see -vf pp)
                      luma deblock filter
                 dering-luma (also see -vf pp)
                      luma deringing filter
                 dering-chroma (also see -vf pp)
                      chroma deringing filter
                 filmeffect (also see -vf noise)
                      Adds artificial film grain to the video.  May increase perceived quality,  while  lowering
                      true quality.

              rendering methods:
                 dr2
                      Activate direct rendering method 2.
                 nodr2
                      Deactivate direct rendering method 2.

       -xy <value> (also see -zoom)
                 value<=8
                      Scale image by factor <value>.
                 value>8
                      Set width to value and calculate height to keep correct aspect ratio.

       -y <y> (also see -zoom) (MPlayer only)
              Scale  image  to  height  <y>  (if  software/hardware  scaling  is  available).   Disables  aspect
              calculations.

       -zoom
              Allow software scaling, where available.  This will allow scaling with output drivers  (like  x11,
              fbdev)  that  do  not  support  hardware  scaling  where  MPlayer  disables scaling by default for
              performance reasons.

AUDIO FILTERS

       Audio filters allow you to modify the audio stream and its properties.  The syntax is:

       -af <filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
              Setup a chain of audio filters.

       NOTE: To get a full list of available audio filters, see -af help.

       Audio filters are managed in lists.  There are a few commands to manage the filter list.

       -af-add <filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -af-pre <filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -af-del <index1[,index2,...]>
              Deletes the filters at the given indexes.  Index numbers start at 0, negative numbers address  the
              end of the list (-1 is the last).

       -af-clr
              Completely empties the filter list.

       Available filters are:

       resample[=srate[:sloppy[:type]]]
              Changes the sample rate of the audio stream.  Can be used if you have a fixed frequency sound card
              or if you are stuck with an old sound card that is only capable of max 44.1kHz.   This  filter  is
              automatically  enabled  if  necessary.  It only supports 16-bit integer and float in native-endian
              format as input.
              NOTE: With MEncoder, you need to also use -srate <srate>.
                 <srate>
                      output sample frequency in Hz.  The valid range for this parameter is 8000 to 192000.   If
                      the  input  and  output  sample frequency are the same or if this parameter is omitted the
                      filter is automatically unloaded.  A high sample frequency  normally  improves  the  audio
                      quality, especially when used in combination with other filters.
                 <sloppy>
                      Allow (1) or disallow (0) the output frequency to differ slightly from the frequency given
                      by <srate> (default: 1).  Can be used if the startup of the playback is extremely slow.
                 <type>
                      Select which resampling method to use.
                         0: linear interpolation (fast, poor quality especially when upsampling)
                         1: polyphase filterbank and integer processing
                         2: polyphase filterbank and floating point processing (slow, best quality)

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af resample=44100:0:0
                      would set the output frequency of the  resample  filter  to  44100Hz  using  exact  output
                      frequency scaling and linear interpolation.

       lavcresample[=srate[:length[:linear[:count[:cutoff]]]]]
              Changes  the  sample  rate  of the audio stream to an integer <srate> in Hz.  It only supports the
              16-bit native-endian format.
              NOTE: With MEncoder, you need to also use -srate <srate>.
                 <srate>
                      the output sample rate
                 <length>
                      length of the filter with respect to the lower sampling rate (default: 16)
                 <linear>
                      if 1 then filters will be linearly interpolated between polyphase entries
                 <count>
                      log2 of  the  number  of  polyphase  entries  (...,  10->1024,  11->2048,  12->4096,  ...)
                      (default: 10->1024)
                 <cutoff>
                      cutoff frequency (0.0-1.0), default set depending upon filter length

       lavcac3enc[=tospdif[:bitrate[:minchn]]]
              Encode  multi-channel  audio  to  AC-3 at runtime using libavcodec.  Supports 16-bit native-endian
              input format, maximum 6 channels.  The output is big-endian when outputting  a  raw  AC-3  stream,
              native-endian  when  outputting to S/PDIF.  The output sample rate of this filter is same with the
              input sample rate.  When input sample rate is 48kHz, 44.1kHz, or 32kHz, this filter  directly  use
              it.   Otherwise  a  resampling  filter  is  auto-inserted before this filter to make the input and
              output sample rate be 48kHz.  You need to specify '-channels N' to make the decoder  decode  audio
              into N-channel, then the filter can encode the N-channel input to AC-3.
                 <tospdif>
                      Output raw AC-3 stream if zero or not set, output to S/PDIF for passthrough when <tospdif>
                      is set non-zero.
                 <bitrate>
                      The bitrate to encode the AC-3 stream.  Set it to either 384 or 384000  to  get  384kbits.
                      Valid values: 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256,
                                    320,  384,  448, 512, 576, 640 Default bitrate is based on the input channel
                      number: 1ch: 96,  2ch: 192,  3ch: 224,  4ch: 384,  5ch: 448,  6ch: 448
                 <minchn>
                      If the input channel number is less than <minchn>, the filter will detach itself (default:
                      5).

       sweep[=speed]
              Produces a sine sweep.
                 <0.0-1.0>
                      Sine function delta, use very low values to hear the sweep.

       sinesuppress[=freq:decay]
              Remove  a  sine at the specified frequency.  Useful to get rid of the 50/60Hz noise on low quality
              audio equipment.  It probably only works on mono input.
                 <freq>
                      The frequency of the sine which should be removed (in Hz) (default: 50)
                 <decay>
                      Controls the adaptivity (a larger value will make the filter adapt to amplitude and  phase
                      changes  quicker,  a  smaller  value  will  make the adaptation slower) (default: 0.0001).
                      Reasonable values are around 0.001.

       bs2b[=option1:option2:...]
              Bauer stereophonic to binaural transformation using libbs2b.   Improves  the  headphone  listening
              experience  by  making the sound similar to that from loudspeakers, allowing each ear to hear both
              channels and taking into account the distance difference and the head  shadowing  effect.   It  is
              applicable only to 2 channel audio.
                 fcut=<300-1000>
                      Set cut frequency in Hz.
                 feed=<10-150>
                      Set feed level for low frequencies in 0.1*dB.
                 profile=<value>
                      Several profiles are available for convenience:
                           default
                                will be used if nothing else was specified (fcut=700, feed=45)
                           cmoy
                                Chu Moy circuit implementation (fcut=700, feed=60)
                           jmeier
                                Jan Meier circuit implementation (fcut=650, feed=95)

              If  fcut or feed options are specified together with a profile, they will be applied on top of the
              selected profile.

       hrtf[=flag]
              Head-related transfer function: Converts multichannel audio to 2 channel  output  for  headphones,
              preserving the spatiality of the sound.

              Flag  Meaning
              m     matrix decoding of the rear channel
              s     2-channel matrix decoding
              0     no matrix decoding (default)

       equalizer=[g1:g2:g3:...:g10]
              10  octave band graphic equalizer, implemented using 10 IIR band pass filters.  This means that it
              works regardless of what type of audio is being played back.  The center frequencies  for  the  10
              bands are:

              No. frequency
              0    31.25 Hz
              1    62.50 Hz
              2   125.00 Hz
              3   250.00 Hz
              4   500.00 Hz
              5    1.00 kHz
              6    2.00 kHz
              7    4.00 kHz
              8    8.00 kHz
              9   16.00 kHz

              If  the  sample  rate of the sound being played is lower than the center frequency for a frequency
              band, then that band will be disabled.  A known bug with this filter is that  the  characteristics
              for  the  uppermost  band  are  not completely symmetric if the sample rate is close to the center
              frequency of that band.  This problem can be worked around  by  upsampling  the  sound  using  the
              resample filter before it reaches this filter.
                 <g1>:<g2>:<g3>:...:<g10>
                      floating point numbers representing the gain in dB for each frequency band (-12-12)

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af equalizer=11:11:10:5:0:-12:0:5:12:12 media.avi
                      Would  amplify the sound in the upper and lower frequency region while canceling it almost
                      completely around 1kHz.

       channels=nch[:nr:from1:to1:from2:to2:from3:to3:...]
              Can be used for adding, removing, routing and copying audio channels.  If only <nch> is given  the
              default  routing is used, it works as follows: If the number of output channels is bigger than the
              number of input channels empty channels are inserted (except mixing from mono to stereo, then  the
              mono  channel  is  repeated  in both of the output channels).  If the number of output channels is
              smaller than the number of input channels the exceeding channels are truncated.
                 <nch>
                      number of output channels (1-8)
                 <nr>
                      number of routes (1-8)
                 <from1:to1:from2:to2:from3:to3:...>
                      Pairs of numbers between 0 and 7 that define where to route each channel.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af channels=4:4:0:1:1:0:2:2:3:3 media.avi
                      Would change the number of channels to 4 and set up 4  routes  that  swap  channel  0  and
                      channel 1 and leave channel 2 and 3 intact.  Observe that if media containing two channels
                      was played back, channels 2 and 3 would contain  silence  but  0  and  1  would  still  be
                      swapped.
                 mplayer -af channels=6:4:0:0:0:1:0:2:0:3 media.avi
                      Would  change  the  number  of  channels  to  6 and set up 4 routes that copy channel 0 to
                      channels 0 to 3.  Channel 4 and 5 will contain silence.

       format[=format] (also see -format)
              Convert between different sample formats.  Automatically enabled when needed by the sound card  or
              another filter.
                 <format>
                      Sets  the  desired  format.  The general form is 'sbe', where 's' denotes the sign (either
                      's' for signed or 'u' for unsigned), 'b' denotes the number of bits per sample (16, 24  or
                      32) and 'e' denotes the endianness ('le' means little-endian, 'be' big-endian and 'ne' the
                      endianness of the computer MPlayer is running on).  Valid  values  (amongst  others)  are:
                      's16le',  'u32be'  and  'u24ne'.   Exceptions  to  this  rule  that  are also valid format
                      specifiers: u8, s8, floatle, floatbe, floatne, mulaw, alaw, mpeg2, ac3 and imaadpcm.

       volume[=v[:sc]]
              Implements software volume control.  Use this filter with caution since it can reduce  the  signal
              to  noise ratio of the sound.  In most cases it is best to set the level for the PCM sound to max,
              leave this filter out and control the output level to your speakers with the master volume control
              of  the  mixer.  In case your sound card has a digital PCM mixer instead of an analog one, and you
              hear distortion, use the MASTER mixer instead.  If there is an external amplifier connected to the
              computer  (this  is  almost  always  the  case), the noise level can be minimized by adjusting the
              master level and the volume knob on the amplifier until the hissing noise  in  the  background  is
              gone.
              This  filter has a second feature: It measures the overall maximum sound level and prints out that
              level when MPlayer exits.  This volume estimate can  be  used  for  setting  the  sound  level  in
              MEncoder  such that the maximum dynamic range is utilized.  This feature currently only works with
              floating-point data, use e.g. -af-adv force=5, or use -af stats.
              NOTE: This filter is not reentrant and can therefore only be enabled once for every audio stream.
                 <v>
                      Sets the desired gain in dB for all channels in the stream from  -200dB  to  +60dB,  where
                      -200dB mutes the sound completely and +60dB equals a gain of 1000 (default: 0).
                 <sc>
                      Turns  soft  clipping  on (1) or off (0).  Soft-clipping can make the sound more smooth if
                      very high volume levels are used.   Enable  this  option  if  the  dynamic  range  of  the
                      loudspeakers is very low.
                      WARNING: This feature creates distortion and should be considered a last resort.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af volume=10.1:0 media.avi
                      Would amplify the sound by 10.1dB and hard-clip if the sound level is too high.

       pan=n[:L00:L01:L02:...L10:L11:L12:...Ln0:Ln1:Ln2:...]
              Mixes  channels  arbitrarily.   Basically a combination of the volume and the channels filter that
              can be used to down-mix many channels to only a few, e.g. stereo to mono or vary  the  "width"  of
              the  center speaker in a surround sound system.  This filter is hard to use, and will require some
              tinkering before the desired result is obtained.  The number of options for this filter depends on
              the  number of output channels.  An example how to downmix a six-channel file to two channels with
              this filter can be found in the examples section near the end.
                 <n>
                      number of output channels (1-8)
                 <Lij>
                      How much of input channel i is mixed into output channel j (0-1).   So  in  principle  you
                      first  have  n numbers saying what to do with the first input channel, then n numbers that
                      act on the second input channel etc.  If you do not specify any  numbers  for  some  input
                      channels, 0 is assumed.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af pan=1:0.5:0.5 media.avi
                      Would down-mix from stereo to mono.
                 mplayer -af pan=3:1:0:0.5:0:1:0.5 media.avi
                      Would give 3 channel output leaving channels 0 and 1 intact, and mix channels 0 and 1 into
                      output channel 2 (which could be sent to a subwoofer for example).

       sub[=fc:ch]
              Adds a subwoofer channel to the audio stream.  The audio data  used  for  creating  the  subwoofer
              channel  is  an average of the sound in channel 0 and channel 1.  The resulting sound is then low-
              pass filtered by a 4th order Butterworth filter with a default cutoff frequency of 60Hz and  added
              to a separate channel in the audio stream.
              Warning:  Disable  this  filter  when you are playing DVDs with Dolby Digital 5.1 sound, otherwise
              this filter will disrupt the sound to the subwoofer.
                 <fc>
                      cutoff frequency in Hz for the low-pass filter (20Hz to 300Hz)  (default:  60Hz)  For  the
                      best  result  try  setting the cutoff frequency as low as possible.  This will improve the
                      stereo or surround sound experience.
                 <ch>
                      Determines the channel number in which to insert the sub-channel  audio.   Channel  number
                      can  be  between  0  and  7  (default:  5).   Observe  that  the  number  of channels will
                      automatically be increased to <ch> if necessary.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af sub=100:4 -channels 5 media.avi
                      Would add a sub-woofer channel with a cutoff frequency of 100Hz to output channel 4.

       center
              Creates a center channel from the front channels.  May currently be low quality  as  it  does  not
              implement  a  high-pass  filter  for  proper  extraction yet, but averages and halves the channels
              instead.
                 <ch>
                      Determines the channel number in which to insert the center channel.  Channel  number  can
                      be  between  0 and 7 (default: 5).  Observe that the number of channels will automatically
                      be increased to <ch> if necessary.

       surround[=delay]
              Decoder for matrix encoded surround sound like Dolby Surround.  Many files with  2  channel  audio
              actually contain matrixed surround sound.  Requires a sound card supporting at least 4 channels.
                 <delay>
                      delay  time in ms for the rear speakers (0 to 1000) (default: 20) This delay should be set
                      as follows: If d1 is the distance from the listening position to the front speakers and d2
                      is the distance from the listening position to the rear speakers, then the delay should be
                      set to 15ms if d1 <= d2 and to 15 + 5*(d1-d2) if d1 > d2.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af surround=15 -channels 4 media.avi
                      Would add surround sound decoding with 15ms delay for the sound to the rear speakers.

       delay[=ch1:ch2:...]
              Delays the sound to the loudspeakers such that the sound from the different  channels  arrives  at
              the listening position simultaneously.  It is only useful if you have more than 2 loudspeakers.
                 ch1,ch2,...
                      The  delay  in  ms that should be imposed on each channel (floating point number between 0
                      and 1000).

              To calculate the required delay for the different channels do as follows:

              1. Measure the distance to the loudspeakers in meters in  relation  to  your  listening  position,
                 giving  you  the  distances s1 to s5 (for a 5.1 system).  There is no point in compensating for
                 the subwoofer (you will not hear the difference anyway).

              2. Subtract the distances s1 to s5 from the maximum distance, i.e. s[i]  =  max(s)  -  s[i];  i  =
                 1...5.

              3. Calculate the required delays in ms as d[i] = 1000*s[i]/342; i = 1...5.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af delay=10.5:10.5:0:0:7:0 media.avi
                      Would  delay  front left and right by 10.5ms, the two rear channels and the sub by 0ms and
                      the center channel by 7ms.

       export[=mmapped_file[:nsamples]]
              Exports the incoming signal to other processes using memory mapping (mmap()).  Memory mapped areas
              contain a header:

              int nch                      /*number of channels*/
              int size                     /*buffer size*/
              unsigned long long counter   /*Used to keep sync, updated every
                                             time new data is exported.*/

              The rest is payload (non-interleaved) 16 bit data.
                 <mmapped_file>
                      file to map data to (default: ~/.mplayer/mplayer-af_export)
                 <nsamples>
                      number of samples per channel (default: 512)

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af export=/tmp/mplayer-af_export:1024 media.avi
                      Would export 1024 samples per channel to '/tmp/mplayer-af_export'.

       extrastereo[=mul]
              (Linearly) increases the difference between left and right channels which adds some sort of "live"
              effect to playback.
                 <mul>
                      Sets the difference coefficient (default: 2.5).  0.0 means mono  sound  (average  of  both
                      channels),  with  1.0  sound  will be unchanged, with -1.0 left and right channels will be
                      swapped.

       volnorm[=method:target]
              Maximizes the volume without distorting the sound.
                 <method>
                      Sets the used method.
                         1: Use a single sample to smooth the variations via the  standard  weighted  mean  over
                         past samples (default).
                         2:  Use  several  samples  to smooth the variations via the standard weighted mean over
                         past samples.

                 <target>
                      Sets the target amplitude as a fraction of the  maximum  for  the  sample  type  (default:
                      0.25).

       ladspa=file:label[:controls...]
              Load  a  LADSPA  (Linux Audio Developer's Simple Plugin API) plugin.  This filter is reentrant, so
              multiple LADSPA plugins can be used at once.
                 <file>
                      Specifies the LADSPA plugin library file.  If LADSPA_PATH is  set,  it  searches  for  the
                      specified file.  If it is not set, you must supply a fully specified pathname.
                 <label>
                      Specifies  the  filter  within  the  library.  Some libraries contain only one filter, but
                      others contain many of them.  Entering 'help' here, will list all available filters within
                      the specified library, which eliminates the use of 'listplugins' from the LADSPA SDK.
                 <controls>
                      Controls  are zero or more floating point values that determine the behavior of the loaded
                      plugin (for example delay, threshold or gain).  In verbose mode (add  -v  to  the  MPlayer
                      command line), all available controls and their valid ranges are printed.  This eliminates
                      the use of 'analyseplugin' from the LADSPA SDK.

       comp
              Compressor/expander filter usable for microphone input.  Prevents artifacts on very loud sound and
              raises the volume on very low sound.  This filter is untested, maybe even unusable.

       gate
              Noise gate filter similar to the comp audio filter.  This filter is untested, maybe even unusable.

       karaoke
              Simple  voice removal filter exploiting the fact that voice is usually recorded with mono gear and
              later 'center' mixed onto the final audio stream.  Beware that this filter will turn  your  signal
              into  mono.   Works  well  for 2 channel tracks; do not bother trying it on anything but 2 channel
              stereo.

       scaletempo[=option1:option2:...]
              Scales audio tempo without altering pitch, optionally synced to playback speed (default).
              This works by playing ´stride´ ms of audio at normal speed then  consuming  ´stride*scale´  ms  of
              input audio.  It pieces the strides together by blending ´overlap´% of stride with audio following
              the previous stride.  It optionally performs a short statistical analysis on the next ´search´  ms
              of audio to determine the best overlap position.
                 scale=<amount>
                      Nominal amount to scale tempo.  Scales this amount in addition to speed.  (default: 1.0)
                 stride=<amount>
                      Length  in  milliseconds  to  output  each stride.  Too high of value will cause noticable
                      skips at high scale amounts and an echo at low scale amounts.  Very low values will  alter
                      pitch.  Increasing improves performance.  (default: 60)
                 overlap=<percent>
                      Percentage of stride to overlap.  Decreasing improves performance.  (default: .20)
                 search=<amount>
                      Length  in  milliseconds  to  search  for  best  overlap  position.   Decreasing  improves
                      performance greatly.  On slow systems, you will  probably  want  to  set  this  very  low.
                      (default: 14)
                 speed=<tempo|pitch|both|none>
                      Set response to speed change.
                         tempo
                              Scale tempo in sync with speed (default).
                         pitch
                              Reverses  effect  of  filter.   Scales  pitch  without  altering  tempo.   Add  ´[
                              speed_mult  0.9438743126816935´  and  ´]  speed_mult  1.059463094352953´  to  your
                              input.conf to step by musical semi-tones.  WARNING: Loses sync with video.
                         both Scale both tempo and pitch.
                         none Ignore speed changes.

              EXAMPLE:
                 mplayer -af scaletempo -speed 1.2 media.ogg
                      Would  playback media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal pitch.  Changing playback
                      speed, would change audio tempo to match.
                 mplayer -af scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=none -speed 1.2 media.ogg
                      Would playback media at 1.2x normal speed,  with  audio  at  normal  pitch,  but  changing
                      playback speed has no effect on audio tempo.
                 mplayer -af scaletempo=stride=30:overlap=.50:search=10 media.ogg
                      Would tweak the quality and performace parameters.
                 mplayer -af format=floatne,scaletempo media.ogg
                      Would make scaletempo use float code.  Maybe faster on some platforms.
                 mplayer -af scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=pitch audio.ogg
                      Would  playback  audio  file  at  1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal pitch.  Changing
                      playback speed, would change pitch, leaving audio tempo at 1.2x.

       stats
              Collects and prints statistics about the audio stream, especially the  volume.   These  statistics
              are  especially  intended  to  help adjusting the volume while avoiding clipping.  The volumes are
              printed in dB and compatible with the volume audio filter, they are always rounded towards -0dB.

              The 'n_samples' field is the total number of samples seen by the filter.  The 'mean_volume'  field
              is  the  root  mean  square.  The 'max_volume' field is exactly what it says.  The 'histogram_Xdb'
              fields count how many samples were at -XdB, for X just below max_volume.

              For example, if max_volume is -7dB and histogram_7dB is 19, 'volume=7' will not cause clipping and
              'volume=8' will cause clipping on exactly 19 samples.

VIDEO FILTERS

       Video filters allow you to modify the video stream and its properties.  The syntax is:

       -vf <filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
              Setup a chain of video filters.

       Many parameters are optional and set to default values if omitted.  To explicitly use a default value set
       a parameter to '-1'.  Parameters w:h means width x height in pixels, x:y means x;y position counted  from
       the upper left corner of the bigger image.
       NOTE: To get a full list of available video filters, see -vf help.

       Video filters are managed in lists.  There are a few commands to manage the filter list.

       -vf-add <filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -vf-pre <filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       -vf-del <index1[,index2,...]>
              Deletes  the filters at the given indexes.  Index numbers start at 0, negative numbers address the
              end of the list (-1 is the last).

       -vf-clr
              Completely empties the filter list.

       With filters that support it, you can access parameters by their name.

       -vf <filter>=help
              Prints the parameter names and parameter value ranges for a particular filter.

       -vf <filter=named_parameter1=value1[:named_parameter2=value2:...]>
              Sets a named parameter to the given value.  Use on and off or yes and no to set flag parameters.

       Available filters are:

       crop[=w:h:x:y]
              Crops the given part of the image and discards the  rest.   Useful  to  remove  black  bands  from
              widescreen movies.
                 <w>,<h>
                      Cropped width and height, defaults to original width and height.
                 <x>,<y>
                      Position of the cropped picture, defaults to center.

       cropdetect[=limit:round[:reset]]
              Calculates necessary cropping parameters and prints the recommended parameters to stdout.
                 <limit>
                      Threshold,  which  can  be  optionally  specified  from  nothing  (0)  to everything (255)
                      (default: 24).
                 <round>
                      Value which the width/height  should  be  divisible  by  (default:  16).   The  offset  is
                      automatically adjusted to center the video.  Use 2 to get only even dimensions (needed for
                      4:2:2 video).  16 is best when encoding to most video codecs.
                 <reset>
                      Counter that determines after  how  many  frames  cropdetect  will  reset  the  previously
                      detected  largest  video  area  and  start  over  to  detect the current optimal crop area
                      (default: 0).  This can be useful when channel logos distort the video area.  0  indicates
                      never reset and return the largest area encountered during playback.

       rectangle[=w:h:x:y]
              Draws  a  rectangle  of the requested width and height at the specified coordinates over the image
              and prints current rectangle parameters to the console.  This can be used to find optimal cropping
              parameters.   If  you bind the input.conf directive 'change_rectangle' to keystrokes, you can move
              and resize the rectangle on the fly.
                 <w>,<h>
                      width and height (default: -1, maximum possible width where boundaries are still visible.)
                 <x>,<y>
                      top left corner position (default: -1, uppermost leftmost)

       expand[=w:h:x:y:o:a:r]
              Expands (not scales) movie resolution to the given value  and  places  the  unscaled  original  at
              coordinates x, y.  Can be used for placing subtitles/OSD in the resulting black bands.

                 <w>,<h>
                      Expanded  width,height  (default: original width,height).  Negative values for w and h are
                      treated as offsets to the original size.

                      EXAMPLE:
                           expand=0:-50:0:0
                                  Adds a 50 pixel border to the bottom of the picture.

                 <x>,<y>
                      position of original image on the expanded image (default: center)

                 <o>
                      OSD/subtitle rendering
                         0: disable (default)
                         1: enable

                 <a>
                      Expands to fit an aspect instead of a resolution (default: 0).

                      EXAMPLE:
                           expand=800:::::4/3
                                  Expands to 800x600, unless the source is higher resolution, in which  case  it
                                  expands to fill a 4/3 aspect.

                 <r>
                      Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r> (default: 1).

       flip (also see -flip)
              Flips the image upside down.

       mirror
              Mirrors the image on the Y axis.

       rotate[=<0-7>]
              Rotates  the image by 90 degrees and optionally flips it.  For values between 4-7 rotation is only
              done if the movie geometry is portrait and not landscape.

                 0    Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and flip (default).

                 1    Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise.

                 2    Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise.

                 3    Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise and flip.

       scale[=w:h[:interlaced[:chr_drop[:par[:par2[:presize[:noup[:arnd]]]]]]]]
              Scales the image with the software scaler (slow) and performs a  YUV<->RGB  colorspace  conversion
              (also see -sws).

                 <w>,<h>
                      scaled width/height (default: original width/height)
                      NOTE: If -zoom is used, and underlying filters (including libvo) are incapable of scaling,
                      it defaults to d_width/d_height!
                          0:   scaled d_width/d_height
                         -1:   original width/height
                         -2:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the prescaled aspect ratio.
                         -3:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original aspect ratio.
                         -(n+8): Like -n above, but rounding the dimension to the closest multiple of 16.

                 <interlaced>
                      Toggle interlaced scaling.
                         0: off (default)
                         1: on

                 <chr_drop>
                      chroma skipping
                         0: Use all available input lines for chroma.
                         1: Use only every 2. input line for chroma.
                         2: Use only every 4. input line for chroma.
                         3: Use only every 8. input line for chroma.

                 <par>[:<par2>] (also see -sws)
                      Set some scaling parameters depending on the type of scaler selected with -sws.
                         -sws 2 (bicubic):  B (blurring) and C (ringing)
                         0.00:0.60 default
                         0.00:0.75 VirtualDub's "precise bicubic"
                         0.00:0.50 Catmull-Rom spline
                         0.33:0.33 Mitchell-Netravali spline
                         1.00:0.00 cubic B-spline
                         -sws 7 (gaussian): sharpness (0 (soft) - 100 (sharp))
                         -sws 9 (lanczos):  filter length (1-10)

                 <presize>
                      Scale to preset sizes.
                         qntsc:   352x240 (NTSC quarter screen)
                         qpal:    352x288 (PAL quarter screen)
                         ntsc:    720x480 (standard NTSC)
                         pal:     720x576 (standard PAL)
                         sntsc:   640x480 (square pixel NTSC)
                         spal:    768x576 (square pixel PAL)

                 <noup>
                      Disallow upscaling past the original dimensions.
                         0: Allow upscaling (default).
                         1: Disallow upscaling if one dimension exceeds its original value.
                         2: Disallow upscaling if both dimensions exceed their original values.

                 <arnd>
                      Accurate rounding for the vertical scaler, which may be faster or slower than the  default
                      rounding.
                         0: Disable accurate rounding (default).
                         1: Enable accurate rounding.

       dsize[=aspect|w:h:aspect-method:r]
              Changes the intended display size/aspect at an arbitrary point in the filter chain.  Aspect can be
              given as a fraction (4/3) or floating point number (1.33).  Alternatively,  you  may  specify  the
              exact  display width and height desired.  Note that this filter does not do any scaling itself; it
              just affects what later scalers (software or  hardware)  will  do  when  auto-scaling  to  correct
              aspect.

                 <w>,<h>
                      New display width and height.  Can also be these special values:
                          0:   original display width and height
                         -1:   original video width and height (default)
                         -2:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original display aspect ratio.
                         -3:   Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original video aspect ratio.

                 EXAMPLE:
                           dsize=800:-2
                                  Specifies  a  display resolution of 800x600 for a 4/3 aspect video, or 800x450
                                  for a 16/9 aspect video.
                 <aspect-method>
                      Modifies width and height according to original aspect ratios.
                         -1: Ignore original aspect ratio (default).
                          0: Keep display aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as maximum resolution.
                          1: Keep display aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as minimum resolution.
                          2: Keep video aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as maximum resolution.
                          3: Keep video aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as minimum resolution.

                 EXAMPLE:
                           dsize=800:600:0
                                  Specifies a display resolution of at most 800x600, or  smaller,  in  order  to
                                  keep aspect.

                 <r>
                      Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r> (default: 1).

       yvu9
              Forces software YVU9 to YV12 colorspace conversion.  Deprecated in favor of the software scaler.

       yuvcsp
              Clamps YUV color values to the CCIR 601 range without doing real conversion.

       palette
              RGB/BGR 8 -> 15/16/24/32bpp colorspace conversion using palette.

       format[=fourcc[:outfourcc]]
              Restricts  the colorspace for the next filter without doing any conversion.  Use together with the
              scale filter for a real conversion.
              NOTE: For a list of available formats see format=fmt=help.
                 <fourcc>
                      format name like rgb15, bgr24, yv12, etc (default: yuy2)
                 <outfourcc>
                      Format name that should be substituted for the output.  If this  is  not  100%  compatible
                      with the <fourcc> value it will crash.
                      Valid examples:
                      format=rgb24:bgr24 format=yuyv:yuy2
                      Invalid examples (will crash):
                      format=rgb24:yv12

       noformat[=fourcc]
              Restricts  the  colorspace  for  the  next filter without doing any conversion.  Unlike the format
              filter, this will allow any colorspace except the one you specify.
              NOTE: For a list of available formats see noformat=fmt=help.
                 <fourcc>
                      format name like rgb15, bgr24, yv12, etc (default: yv12)

       pp[=filter1[:option1[:option2...]]/[-]filter2...] (also see -pphelp)
              Enables the specified chain of postprocessing subfilters.  Subfilters must be separated by '/' and
              can be disabled by prepending a '-'.  Each subfilter and some options have a short and a long name
              that can be used interchangeably, i.e. dr/dering  are  the  same.   All  subfilters  share  common
              options to determine their scope:
                 a/autoq
                      Automatically switch the subfilter off if the CPU is too slow.
                 c/chrom
                      Do chrominance filtering, too (default).
                 y/nochrom
                      Do luminance filtering only (no chrominance).
                 n/noluma
                      Do chrominance filtering only (no luminance).

              NOTE: -pphelp shows a list of available subfilters.

              Available subfilters are

                 hb/hdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
                      horizontal deblocking filter
                         <difference>: Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: 32).
                         <flatness>: Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: 39).

                 vb/vdeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
                      vertical deblocking filter
                         <difference>: Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: 32).
                         <flatness>: Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: 39).

                 ha/hadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
                      accurate horizontal deblocking filter
                         <difference>: Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: 32).
                         <flatness>: Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: 39).

                 va/vadeblock[:difference[:flatness]]
                      accurate vertical deblocking filter
                         <difference>: Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: 32).
                         <flatness>: Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: 39).

                 The  horizontal and vertical deblocking filters share the difference and flatness values so you
                 cannot set different horizontal and vertical thresholds.

                 h1/x1hdeblock
                      experimental horizontal deblocking filter

                 v1/x1vdeblock
                      experimental vertical deblocking filter

                 dr/dering
                      deringing filter

                 tn/tmpnoise[:threshold1[:threshold2[:threshold3]]]
                      temporal noise reducer
                         <threshold1>: larger -> stronger filtering
                         <threshold2>: larger -> stronger filtering
                         <threshold3>: larger -> stronger filtering

                 al/autolevels[:f/fullyrange]
                      automatic brightness / contrast correction
                         f/fullyrange: Stretch luminance to (0-255).

                 lb/linblenddeint
                      Linear blend deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by filtering all lines
                      with a (1 2 1) filter.

                 li/linipoldeint
                      Linear  interpolating  deinterlacing  filter that deinterlaces the given block by linearly
                      interpolating every second line.

                 ci/cubicipoldeint
                      Cubic interpolating  deinterlacing  filter  deinterlaces  the  given  block  by  cubically
                      interpolating every second line.

                 md/mediandeint
                      Median  deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by applying a median filter
                      to every second line.

                 fd/ffmpegdeint
                      FFmpeg deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by  filtering  every  second
                      line with a (-1 4 2 4 -1) filter.

                 l5/lowpass5
                      Vertically  applied  FIR lowpass deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by
                      filtering all lines with a (-1 2 6 2 -1) filter.

                 fq/forceQuant[:quantizer]
                      Overrides the quantizer table from the input with the constant quantizer you specify.
                         <quantizer>: quantizer to use

                 de/default
                      default pp filter combination (hb:a,vb:a,dr:a)

                 fa/fast
                      fast pp filter combination (h1:a,v1:a,dr:a)

                 ac
                      high quality pp filter combination (ha:a:128:7,va:a,dr:a)

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf pp=hb/vb/dr/al
                      horizontal and vertical deblocking, deringing and automatic brightness/contrast
                 -vf pp=de/-al
                      default filters without brightness/contrast correction
                 -vf pp=default/tmpnoise:1:2:3
                      Enable default filters & temporal denoiser.
                 -vf pp=hb:y/vb:a
                      Horizontal deblocking on  luminance  only,  and  switch  vertical  deblocking  on  or  off
                      automatically depending on available CPU time.

       spp[=quality[:qp[:mode]]]
              Simple  postprocessing  filter  that compresses and decompresses the image at several (or - in the
              case of quality level 6 - all) shifts and averages the results.

                 <quality>
                      0-6 (default: 3)

                 <qp>
                      Force quantization parameter (default: 0, use QP from video).

                 <mode>
                      0: hard thresholding (default)
                      1: soft thresholding (better deringing, but blurrier)
                      4: like 0, but also use B-frames' QP (may cause flicker)
                      5: like 1, but also use B-frames' QP (may cause flicker)

       uspp[=quality[:qp]]
              Ultra simple & slow postprocessing filter that compresses and decompresses the  image  at  several
              (or - in the case of quality level 8 - all) shifts and averages the results.  The way this differs
              from the behavior of spp is that uspp actually encodes & decodes each case with  libavcodec  Snow,
              whereas spp uses a simplified intra only 8x8 DCT similar to MJPEG.

                 <quality>
                      0-8 (default: 3)

                 <qp>
                      Force quantization parameter (default: 0, use QP from video).

       fspp[=quality[:qp[:strength[:bframes]]]]
              faster version of the simple postprocessing filter

                 <quality>
                      4-5 (equivalent to spp; default: 4)

                 <qp>
                      Force quantization parameter (default: 0, use QP from video).

                 <-15-32>
                      Filter  strength,  lower  values  mean  more details but also more artifacts, while higher
                      values make the image smoother but also blurrier (default: 0 - PSNR optimal).

                 <bframes>
                      0: do not use QP from B-frames (default)
                      1: use QP from B-frames too (may cause flicker)

       pp7[=qp[:mode]]
              Variant of the spp filter, similar to spp=6 with 7 point DCT where only the center sample is  used
              after IDCT.

                 <qp>
                      Force quantization parameter (default: 0, use QP from video).

                 <mode>
                      0: hard thresholding
                      1: soft thresholding (better deringing, but blurrier)
                      2: medium thresholding (default, good results)

       qp=equation
              quantization parameter (QP) change filter

                 <equation>
                      some equation like "2+2*sin(PI*qp)"

       geq=equation
              generic equation change filter

                 <equation>
                      Some  equation,  e.g.  'p(W-X\,Y)' to flip the image horizontally.  You can use whitespace
                      to make the equation more readable.  There are a couple of constants that can be  used  in
                      the equation:
                         PI: the number pi
                         E: the number e
                         X / Y: the coordinates of the current sample
                         W / H: width and height of the image
                         SW  /  SH:  width/height  scale depending on the currently filtered plane, e.g. 1,1 and
                         0.5,0.5 for YUV 4:2:0.
                         p(x,y): returns the value of the pixel at location x/y of the current plane.

       test
              Generate various test patterns.

       rgbtest[=width:height]
              Generate an RGB test pattern useful for detecting RGB vs BGR issues.  You should see a red,  green
              and blue stripe from top to bottom.

                 <width>
                      Desired width of generated image (default: 0).  0 means width of input image.

                 <height>
                      Desired height of generated image (default: 0).  0 means height of input image.

       lavc[=quality:fps]
              Fast software YV12 to MPEG-1 conversion with libavcodec for use with DVB/DXR3/IVTV/V4L2.

                 <quality>
                      1-31: fixed qscale
                      32-:  fixed bitrate in kbits

                 <fps>
                      force output fps (float value) (default: 0, autodetect based on height)

       dvbscale[=aspect]
              Set  up  optimal  scaling for DVB cards, scaling the x axis in hardware and calculating the y axis
              scaling in software to keep aspect.  Only useful together with expand and scale.

                 <aspect>
                      Control aspect ratio, calculate as DVB_HEIGHT*ASPECTRATIO (default: 576*4/3=768),  set  it
                      to 576*(16/9)=1024 for a 16:9 TV.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf dvbscale,scale=-1:0,expand=-1:576:-1:-1:1,lavc
                      FIXME: Explain what this does.

       noise[=luma[u][t|a][h][p]:chroma[u][t|a][h][p]]
              Adds noise.
                 <0-100>
                      luma noise
                 <0-100>
                      chroma noise
                 u    uniform noise (gaussian otherwise)
                 t    temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames)
                 a    averaged temporal noise (smoother, but a lot slower)
                 h    high quality (slightly better looking, slightly slower)
                 p    mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern

       denoise3d[=luma_spatial:chroma_spatial:luma_tmp:chroma_tmp]
              This  filter  aims  to  reduce  image noise producing smooth images and making still images really
              still (This should enhance compressibility.).
                 <luma_spatial>
                      spatial luma strength (default: 4)
                 <chroma_spatial>
                      spatial chroma strength (default: 3)
                 <luma_tmp>
                      luma temporal strength (default: 6)
                 <chroma_tmp>
                      chroma temporal strength (default: luma_tmp*chroma_spatial/luma_spatial)

       hqdn3d[=luma_spatial:chroma_spatial:luma_tmp:chroma_tmp]
              High precision/quality version of the denoise3d filter.  Parameters and usage are the same.

       ow[=depth[:luma_strength[:chroma_strength]]]
              Overcomplete Wavelet denoiser.
                 <depth>
                      Larger depth values will denoise lower frequency components more, but slow down  filtering
                      (default: 8).
                 <luma_strength>
                      luma strength (default: 1.0)
                 <chroma_strength>
                      chroma strength (default: 1.0)

       eq[=brightness:contrast] (OBSOLETE)
              Software  equalizer  with interactive controls just like the hardware equalizer, for cards/drivers
              that do not support brightness and contrast controls in  hardware.   Might  also  be  useful  with
              MEncoder,  either  for  fixing  poorly  captured movies, or for slightly reducing contrast to mask
              artifacts and get by with lower bitrates.
                 <-100-100>
                      initial brightness
                 <-100-100>
                      initial contrast

       eq2[=gamma:contrast:brightness:saturation:rg:gg:bg:weight]
              Alternative software equalizer that uses lookup tables (very slow), allowing gamma  correction  in
              addition  to  simple brightness and contrast adjustment.  Note that it uses the same MMX optimized
              code as -vf eq if all gamma values are 1.0.  The parameters are given as floating point values.
                 <0.1-10>
                      initial gamma value (default: 1.0)
                 <-2-2>
                      initial contrast, where negative values result in a negative image (default: 1.0)
                 <-1-1>
                      initial brightness (default: 0.0)
                 <0-3>
                      initial saturation (default: 1.0)
                 <0.1-10>
                      gamma value for the red component (default: 1.0)
                 <0.1-10>
                      gamma value for the green component (default: 1.0)
                 <0.1-10>
                      gamma value for the blue component (default: 1.0)
                 <0-1>
                      The weight parameter can be used to reduce the effect of a  high  gamma  value  on  bright
                      image  areas,  e.g. keep them from getting overamplified and just plain white.  A value of
                      0.0 turns the gamma correction all the way down while 1.0 leaves it at its  full  strength
                      (default: 1.0).

       hue[=hue:saturation]
              Software  equalizer  with interactive controls just like the hardware equalizer, for cards/drivers
              that do not support hue and saturation controls in hardware.
                 <-180-180>
                      initial hue (default: 0.0)
                 <-100-100>
                      initial saturation, where negative values result in a negative chroma (default: 1.0)

       halfpack[=f]
              Convert planar YUV 4:2:0 to half-height packed 4:2:2, downsampling luma  but  keeping  all  chroma
              samples.   Useful  for  output to low-resolution display devices when hardware downscaling is poor
              quality or is not available.  Can also be used as a primitive luma-only deinterlacer with very low
              CPU usage.
                 <f>
                      By  default, halfpack averages pairs of lines when downsampling.  Any value different from
                      0 or 1 gives the default (averaging) behavior.
                         0: Only use even lines when downsampling.
                         1: Only use odd lines when downsampling.

       ilpack[=mode]
              When interlaced video is stored in YUV 4:2:0 formats, chroma interlacing does not line up properly
              due to vertical downsampling of the chroma channels.  This filter packs the planar 4:2:0 data into
              YUY2 (4:2:2) format with the chroma lines  in  their  proper  locations,  so  that  in  any  given
              scanline, the luma and chroma data both come from the same field.
                 <mode>
                      Select the sampling mode.
                         0: nearest-neighbor sampling, fast but incorrect
                         1: linear interpolation (default)

       harddup
              Only useful with MEncoder.  If harddup is used when encoding, it will force duplicate frames to be
              encoded in the output.  This uses slightly more space, but is necessary for output to  MPEG  files
              or  if  you  plan to demux and remux the video stream after encoding.  Should be placed at or near
              the end of the filter chain unless you have a good reason to do otherwise.

       softskip
              Only useful with MEncoder.  Softskip moves the frame skipping (dropping)  step  of  encoding  from
              before  the filter chain to some point during the filter chain.  This allows filters which need to
              see all frames (inverse telecine, temporal denoising,  etc.)  to  function  properly.   Should  be
              placed  after  the filters which need to see all frames and before any subsequent filters that are
              CPU-intensive.

       decimate[=max:hi:lo:frac]
              Drops frames that do not differ greatly from the previous frame in order to reduce framerate.  The
              main  use  of this filter is for very-low-bitrate encoding (e.g. streaming over dialup modem), but
              it could in theory be used for fixing movies that were inverse-telecined incorrectly.
                 <max>
                      Sets the maximum number of consecutive frames which can be dropped (if positive),  or  the
                      minimum interval between dropped frames (if negative).
                 <hi>,<lo>,<frac>
                      A  frame  is a candidate for dropping if no 8x8 region differs by more than a threshold of
                      <hi>, and if not more than <frac> portion (1 meaning the whole image) differs by more than
                      a  threshold  of  <lo>.   Values  of  <hi> and <lo> are for 8x8 pixel blocks and represent
                      actual pixel value differences, so a threshold of 64 corresponds to 1 unit  of  difference
                      for each pixel, or the same spread out differently over the block.

       dint[=sense:level]
              The  drop-deinterlace  (dint)  filter  detects  and drops the first from a set of interlaced video
              frames.
                 <0.0-1.0>
                      relative difference between neighboring pixels (default: 0.1)
                 <0.0-1.0>
                      What part of the image has to be detected as interlaced to drop the frame (default: 0.15).

       lavcdeint (OBSOLETE)
              FFmpeg deinterlacing filter, same as -vf pp=fd

       lavfi=filtergraph
              FFmpeg libavfilter wrapper.  filtergraph defines a whole libavfilter graph with one input and  one
              output.  See http://www.ffmpeg.org/libavfilter.html#SEC4 for details.

              As  a  special  case,  if  filtergraph is $word then the value of the word environment variable is
              used; this is necessary if commas are present in the graph description, as mplayer uses them as  a
              delimiter between filters.

              NOTE: This filter is considered experimental, it may interact strangely with other filters.

              EXAMPLE:
              overlay="movie=$small_video,   scale=160:120   [ca];   [in]   [ca]   overlay=16:8"   mplayer   -vf
              lavfi='$overlay' $big_video

       kerndeint[=thresh[:map[:order[:sharp[:twoway]]]]]
              Donald Graft's adaptive kernel deinterlacer.  Deinterlaces parts of  a  video  if  a  configurable
              threshold is exceeded.
                 <0-255>
                      threshold (default: 10)
                 <map>
                         0: Ignore pixels exceeding the threshold (default).
                         1: Paint pixels exceeding the threshold white.

                 <order>
                         0: Leave fields alone (default).
                         1: Swap fields.

                 <sharp>
                         0: Disable additional sharpening (default).
                         1: Enable additional sharpening.

                 <twoway>
                         0: Disable twoway sharpening (default).
                         1: Enable twoway sharpening.

       unsharp[=l|cWxH:amount[:l|cWxH:amount]]
              unsharp mask / gaussian blur

                 l
                      Apply effect on luma component.

                 c
                      Apply effect on chroma components.

                 <width>x<height>
                      width  and  height  of the matrix, odd sized in both directions (min = 3x3, max = 13x11 or
                      11x13, usually something between 3x3 and 7x7)

                 amount
                      Relative amount of sharpness/blur to add to the image (a sane range should be -1.5-1.5).
                         <0: blur
                         >0: sharpen

       swapuv
              Swap U & V plane.

       il[=d|i][s][:[d|i][s]]
              (De)interleaves lines.  The goal of this filter is to add the ability to process interlaced images
              pre-field  without  deinterlacing  them.   You  can filter your interlaced DVD and play it on a TV
              without breaking the interlacing.  While deinterlacing (with the  postprocessing  filter)  removes
              interlacing  permanently  (by  smoothing,  averaging,  etc) deinterleaving splits the frame into 2
              fields (so called half pictures), so you can process (filter)  them  independently  and  then  re-
              interleave them.
                 d    deinterleave (placing one above the other)
                 i    interleave
                 s    swap fields (exchange even & odd lines)

       fil[=i|d]
              (De)interleaves  lines.   This  filter  is very similar to the il filter but much faster, the main
              disadvantage is that it does not always work.  Especially if combined with other  filters  it  may
              produce  randomly messed up images, so be happy if it works but do not complain if it does not for
              your combination of filters.
                 d    Deinterleave fields, placing them side by side.
                 i    Interleave fields again (reversing the effect of fil=d).

       field[=n]
              Extracts a single field from an interlaced image using stride  arithmetic  to  avoid  wasting  CPU
              time.   The  optional argument n specifies whether to extract the even or the odd field (depending
              on whether n is even or odd).

       detc[=var1=value1:var2=value2:...]
              Attempts to reverse the 'telecine' process to recover  a  clean,  non-interlaced  stream  at  film
              framerate.   This was the first and most primitive inverse telecine filter to be added to MPlayer/
              MEncoder.  It works by latching onto the  telecine  3:2  pattern  and  following  it  as  long  as
              possible.  This makes it suitable for perfectly-telecined material, even in the presence of a fair
              degree of noise, but it will fail in the presence of complex post-telecine edits.  Development  on
              this  filter  is  no  longer  taking  place,  as  ivtc,  pullup,  and filmdint are better for most
              applications.  The following arguments (see syntax above) may be used to control detc's behavior:

                 <dr>
                      Set the frame dropping mode.
                         0: Do not drop frames to maintain fixed output framerate (default).
                         1: Always drop a frame when there have been no drops or telecine merges in the  past  5
                         frames.
                         2: Always maintain exact 5:4 input to output frame ratio.
                         NOTE: Use mode 1 or 2 with MEncoder.

                 <am>
                      Analysis mode.
                         0: Fixed pattern with initial frame number specified by <fr>.
                         1: aggressive search for telecine pattern (default)

                 <fr>
                      Set initial frame number in sequence.  0-2 are the three clean progressive frames; 3 and 4
                      are the two interlaced frames.  The default, -1, means 'not in  telecine  sequence'.   The
                      number  specified  here  is  the  type  for  the imaginary previous frame before the movie
                      starts.

                 <t0>, <t1>, <t2>, <t3>
                      Threshold values to be used in certain modes.

       ivtc[=1]
              Experimental 'stateless' inverse telecine filter.  Rather than trying to lock on to a pattern like
              the  detc filter does, ivtc makes its decisions independently for each frame.  This will give much
              better results for material that has undergone heavy editing after telecine was applied, but as  a
              result  it  is  not  as  forgiving of noisy input, for example TV capture.  The optional parameter
              (ivtc=1) corresponds to the dr=1 option for the detc filter, and should be used with MEncoder  but
              not  with MPlayer.  As with detc, you must specify the correct output framerate (-ofps 24000/1001)
              when using MEncoder.  Further development on ivtc has stopped, as the pullup and filmdint  filters
              appear to be much more accurate.

       pullup[=jl:jr:jt:jb:sb:mp]
              Third-generation  pulldown  reversal  (inverse  telecine)  filter, capable of handling mixed hard-
              telecine, 24000/1001 fps progressive, and 30000/1001 fps progressive content.  The  pullup  filter
              is  designed  to  be  much more robust than detc or ivtc, by taking advantage of future context in
              making its decisions.  Like ivtc, pullup is stateless in the sense that it does not  lock  onto  a
              pattern  to  follow,  but  it  instead  looks forward to the following fields in order to identify
              matches and rebuild progressive frames.  It is still under development, but believed to  be  quite
              accurate.

                 jl, jr, jt, and jb
                      These  options  set  the amount of "junk" to ignore at the left, right, top, and bottom of
                      the image, respectively.  Left/right are in units of 8 pixels,  while  top/bottom  are  in
                      units of 2 lines.  The default is 8 pixels on each side.

                 sb (strict breaks)
                      Setting  this  option  to  1  will  reduce  the chances of pullup generating an occasional
                      mismatched frame, but it may also cause an excessive number of frames to be dropped during
                      high  motion  sequences.   Conversely, setting it to -1 will make pullup match fields more
                      easily.  This may help processing of video where there  is  slight  blurring  between  the
                      fields, but may also cause there to be interlaced frames in the output.

                 mp (metric plane)
                      This option may be set to 1 or 2 to use a chroma plane instead of the luma plane for doing
                      pullup's computations.  This may improve accuracy on very clean source material, but  more
                      likely will decrease accuracy, especially if there is chroma noise (rainbow effect) or any
                      grayscale video.  The main purpose of setting mp to a chroma plane is to reduce  CPU  load
                      and make pullup usable in realtime on slow machines.

              NOTE: Always follow pullup with the softskip filter when encoding to ensure that pullup is able to
              see each frame.  Failure to do so will lead to incorrect output and will  usually  crash,  due  to
              design limitations in the codec/filter layer.

       filmdint[=options]
              Inverse  telecine  filter,  similar  to  the  pullup  filter  above.  It is designed to handle any
              pulldown pattern, including mixed soft and hard telecine and limited support for movies  that  are
              slowed  down or sped up from their original framerate for TV.  Only the luma plane is used to find
              the frame breaks.  If a field has no match, it is deinterlaced with simple  linear  approximation.
              If  the  source is MPEG-2, this must be the first filter to allow access to the field-flags set by
              the MPEG-2 decoder.  Depending on the source MPEG, you may be fine ignoring this advice,  as  long
              as  you  do not see lots of "Bottom-first field" warnings.  With no options it does normal inverse
              telecine, and should be used together with mencoder -fps 30000/1001 -ofps 24000/1001.   When  this
              filter  is  used  with  MPlayer,  it will result in an uneven framerate during playback, but it is
              still generally better than using pp=lb or no deinterlacing  at  all.   Multiple  options  can  be
              specified separated by /.

                 crop=<w>:<h>:<x>:<y>
                      Just  like the crop filter, but faster, and works on mixed hard and soft telecined content
                      as well as when y is not a multiple of 4.  If x or y  would  require  cropping  fractional
                      pixels from the chroma planes, the crop area is extended.  This usually means that x and y
                      must be even.

                 io=<ifps>:<ofps>
                      For each ifps input frames the filter will output ofps frames.   The  ratio  of  ifps/ofps
                      should match the -fps/-ofps ratio.  This could be used to filter movies that are broadcast
                      on TV at a frame rate different from their original framerate.

                 luma_only=<n>
                      If n is nonzero, the chroma plane is copied unchanged.  This is useful  for  YV12  sampled
                      TV, which discards one of the chroma fields.

                 mmx2=<n>
                      On  x86,  if  n=1,  use MMX2 optimized functions, if n=2, use 3DNow!  optimized functions,
                      otherwise, use plain C.  If this option is  not  specified,  MMX2  and  3DNow!  are  auto-
                      detected, use this option to override auto-detection.

                 fast=<n>
                      The  larger  n  will speed up the filter at the expense of accuracy.  The default value is
                      n=3.   If  n  is  odd,  a  frame  immediately  following   a   frame   marked   with   the
                      REPEAT_FIRST_FIELD  MPEG flag is assumed to be progressive, thus filter will not spend any
                      time on soft-telecined MPEG-2 content.  This is the only effect of this flag  if  MMX2  or
                      3DNow!  is  available.  Without MMX2 and 3DNow, if n=0 or 1, the same calculations will be
                      used as with n=2 or 3.  If n=2 or 3, the number of luma levels  used  to  find  the  frame
                      breaks  is  reduced  from 256 to 128, which results in a faster filter without losing much
                      accuracy.  If n=4 or 5, a faster, but much less accurate metric will be used to  find  the
                      frame  breaks,  which  is  more  likely  to  misdetect  high vertical detail as interlaced
                      content.

                 verbose=<n>
                      If n is nonzero, print the detailed metrics for each frame.  Useful for debugging.

                 dint_thres=<n>
                      Deinterlace threshold.  Used during de-interlacing  of  unmatched  frames.   Larger  value
                      means less deinterlacing, use n=256 to completely turn off deinterlacing.  Default is n=8.

                 comb_thres=<n>
                      Threshold for comparing a top and bottom fields.  Defaults to 128.

                 diff_thres=<n>
                      Threshold to detect temporal change of a field.  Default is 128.

                 sad_thres=<n>
                      Sum of Absolute Difference threshold, default is 64.

       softpulldown
              This  filter  works  only  correct  with  MEncoder  and acts on the MPEG-2 flags used for soft 3:2
              pulldown (soft telecine).  If you want to use the ivtc or detc filter on movies  that  are  partly
              soft telecined, inserting this filter before them should make them more reliable.

       divtc[=options]
              Inverse  telecine  for  deinterlaced  video.   If 3:2-pulldown telecined video has lost one of the
              fields or is deinterlaced using a method that keeps one field  and  interpolates  the  other,  the
              result  is  a  juddering video that has every fourth frame duplicated.  This filter is intended to
              find and drop those duplicates and restore the original film framerate.  When using  this  filter,
              you  must  specify  -ofps that is 4/5 of the fps of the input file and place the softskip later in
              the filter chain to make sure that divtc sees all the frames.  Two different modes are  available:
              One  pass  mode  is  the  default and is straightforward to use, but has the disadvantage that any
              changes in the telecine phase (lost frames or bad edits) cause momentary judder until  the  filter
              can  resync  again.   Two pass mode avoids this by analyzing the whole video beforehand so it will
              have forward knowledge about the phase changes and can resync at the exact spot.  These passes  do
              not  correspond  to  pass  one  and two of the encoding process.  You must run an extra pass using
              divtc pass one before the actual encoding throwing the resulting video away.   Use  -nosound  -ovc
              raw  -o  /dev/null  to  avoid  wasting  CPU  power  for  this  pass.   You  may add something like
              crop=2:2:0:0 after divtc to speed things up even more.  Then use divtc pass  two  for  the  actual
              encoding.   If  you  use multiple encoder passes, use divtc pass two for all of them.  The options
              are:

                 pass=1|2
                      Use two pass mode.

                 file=<filename>
                      Set the two pass log filename (default: "framediff.log").

                 threshold=<value>
                      Set the minimum strength the telecine pattern must have for the filter to  believe  in  it
                      (default:  0.5).   This  is  used to avoid recognizing false pattern from the parts of the
                      video that are very dark or very still.

                 window=<numframes>
                      Set the number of past frames to look at when searching for pattern (default: 30).  Longer
                      window  improves  the  reliability  of the pattern search, but shorter window improves the
                      reaction time to the changes in the telecine phase.  This only affects the one pass  mode.
                      The two pass mode currently uses fixed window that extends to both future and past.

                 phase=0|1|2|3|4
                      Sets the initial telecine phase for one pass mode (default: 0).  The two pass mode can see
                      the future, so it is able to use the correct phase from the beginning, but one  pass  mode
                      can  only  guess.   It  catches the correct phase when it finds it, but this option can be
                      used to fix the possible juddering at the beginning.  The first pass of the two pass  mode
                      also  uses  this,  so  if  you save the output from the first pass, you get constant phase
                      result.

                 deghost=<value>
                      Set the deghosting threshold (0-255 for one pass mode, -255-255 for two pass mode, default
                      0).  If nonzero, deghosting mode is used.  This is for video that has been deinterlaced by
                      blending the fields together instead of dropping one of the fields.  Deghosting  amplifies
                      any  compression  artifacts  in  the  blended  frames, so the parameter value is used as a
                      threshold to exclude those pixels from deghosting that differ from the previous frame less
                      than  specified  value.  If two pass mode is used, then negative value can be used to make
                      the filter analyze the whole video in the beginning of  pass-2  to  determine  whether  it
                      needs  deghosting  or  not  and  then  select  either  zero  or  the absolute value of the
                      parameter.  Specify this option for pass-2, it makes no difference on pass-1.

       phase[=t|b|p|a|u|T|B|A|U][:v]
              Delay interlaced video by one field time so that the field order changes.  The intended use is  to
              fix  PAL  movies  that  have  been  captured  with  the  opposite field order to the film-to-video
              transfer.  The options are:

                 t    Capture field order top-first, transfer bottom-first.  Filter will delay the bottom field.

                 b    Capture bottom-first, transfer top-first.  Filter will delay the top field.

                 p    Capture and  transfer  with  the  same  field  order.   This  mode  only  exists  for  the
                      documentation  of the other options to refer to, but if you actually select it, the filter
                      will faithfully do nothing ;-)

                 a    Capture field order determined automatically by field flags,  transfer  opposite.   Filter
                      selects  among  t  and  b  modes on a frame by frame basis using field flags.  If no field
                      information is available, then this works just like u.

                 u    Capture unknown or varying, transfer opposite.  Filter selects among t and b on a frame by
                      frame basis by analyzing the images and selecting the alternative that produces best match
                      between the fields.

                 T    Capture top-first, transfer unknown or varying.  Filter selects among t and p using  image
                      analysis.

                 B    Capture  bottom-first,  transfer  unknown  or varying.  Filter selects among b and p using
                      image analysis.

                 A    Capture determined by field flags, transfer unknown or varying.  Filter selects among t, b
                      and  p  using  field flags and image analysis.  If no field information is available, then
                      this works just like U.  This is the default mode.

                 U    Both capture and transfer unknown or varying.  Filter selects among t, b and p using image
                      analysis only.

                 v    Verbose  operation.   Prints  the  selected  mode  for  each frame and the average squared
                      difference between fields for t, b, and p alternatives.

       telecine[=start]
              Apply 3:2 'telecine' process to increase framerate  by  20%.   This  most  likely  will  not  work
              correctly  with  MPlayer,  but  it can be used with 'mencoder -fps 30000/1001 -ofps 30000/1001 -vf
              telecine'.  Both fps options are essential!  (A/V  sync  will  break  if  they  are  wrong.)   The
              optional start parameter tells the filter where in the telecine pattern to start (0-3).

       tinterlace[=mode]
              Temporal  field  interlacing  -  merge  pairs  of  frames  into  an  interlaced frame, halving the
              framerate.  Even frames are moved into the upper field, odd frames to the lower field.   This  can
              be used to fully reverse the effect of the tfields filter (in mode 0).  Available modes are:
                 0    Move  odd frames into the upper field, even into the lower field, generating a full-height
                      frame at half framerate.
                 1    Only output odd frames, even frames are dropped; height unchanged.
                 2    Only output even frames, odd frames are dropped; height unchanged.
                 3    Expand each frame to full height, but pad alternate lines with black; framerate unchanged.
                 4    Interleave even lines from even frames with odd lines from odd frames.   Height  unchanged
                      at half framerate.

       tfields[=mode[:field_dominance]]
              Temporal  field  separation  -  split fields into frames, doubling the output framerate.  Like the
              telecine filter, tfields might not work completely right unless used with MEncoder and  both  -fps
              and -ofps set to the desired (double) framerate!
                 <mode>
                      0: Leave fields unchanged (will jump/flicker).
                      1: Interpolate missing lines. (The algorithm used might not be so good.)
                      2: Translate fields by 1/4 pixel with linear interpolation (no jump).
                      4: Translate fields by 1/4 pixel with 4tap filter (higher quality) (default).
                 <field_dominance> (DEPRECATED)
                      -1:  auto  (default)  Only works if the decoder exports the appropriate information and no
                      other filters which discard that information come before  tfields  in  the  filter  chain,
                      otherwise it falls back to 0 (top field first).
                      0: top field first
                      1: bottom field first
                      NOTE:  This  option  will  possibly  be removed in a future version.  Use -field-dominance
                      instead.

       yadif=[mode[:field_dominance]]
              Yet another deinterlacing filter
                 <mode>
                      0: Output 1 frame for each frame.
                      1: Output 1 frame for each field.
                      2: Like 0 but skips spatial interlacing check.
                      3: Like 1 but skips spatial interlacing check.
                 <field_dominance> (DEPRECATED)
                      Operates like tfields.
                      NOTE: This option will possibly be removed in  a  future  version.   Use  -field-dominance
                      instead.

       mcdeint=[mode[:parity[:qp]]]
              Motion  compensating  deinterlacer.   It  needs one field per frame as input and must thus be used
              together with tfields=1 or yadif=1/3 or equivalent.
                 <mode>
                      0: fast
                      1: medium
                      2: slow, iterative motion estimation
                      3: extra slow, like 2 plus multiple reference frames
                 <parity>
                      0 or 1 selects which field to use (note: no autodetection yet!).
                 <qp>
                      Higher values should result in a smoother motion vector field but less optimal  individual
                      vectors.

       boxblur=radius:power[:radius:power]
              box blur
                 <radius>
                      blur filter strength
                 <power>
                      number of filter applications

       sab=radius:pf:colorDiff[:radius:pf:colorDiff]
              shape adaptive blur
                 <radius>
                      blur filter strength (~0.1-4.0) (slower if larger)
                 <pf>
                      prefilter strength (~0.1-2.0)
                 <colorDiff>
                      maximum difference between pixels to still be considered (~0.1-100.0)

       smartblur=radius:strength:threshold[:radius:strength:threshold]
              smart blur
                 <radius>
                      blur filter strength (~0.1-5.0) (slower if larger)
                 <strength>
                      blur (0.0-1.0) or sharpen (-1.0-0.0)
                 <threshold>
                      filter all (0), filter flat areas (0-30) or filter edges (-30-0)

       perspective=x0:y0:x1:y1:x2:y2:x3:y3:t
              Correct the perspective of movies not filmed perpendicular to the screen.
                 <x0>,<y0>,...
                      coordinates of the top left, top right, bottom left, bottom right corners
                 <t>
                      linear (0) or cubic resampling (1)

       2xsai
              Scale and smooth the image with the 2x scale and interpolate algorithm.

       1bpp
              1bpp bitmap to YUV/BGR 8/15/16/32 conversion

       down3dright[=lines]
              Reposition  and  resize  stereoscopic images.  Extracts both stereo fields and places them side by
              side, resizing them to maintain the original movie aspect.
                 <lines>
                      number of lines to select from the middle of the image (default: 12)

       bmovl=hidden:opaque:fifo
              The bitmap overlay filter reads bitmaps from a FIFO  and  displays  them  on  top  of  the  movie,
              allowing  some  transformations  on the image.  Also see TOOLS/bmovl-test.c for a small bmovl test
              program.
                 <hidden>
                      Set the default value of the 'hidden' flag (0=visible, 1=hidden).
                 <opaque>
                      Set the default value of the 'opaque' flag (0=transparent, 1=opaque).
                 <fifo>
                      path/filename for the FIFO (named pipe connecting 'mplayer -vf bmovl' to  the  controlling
                      application)

              FIFO commands are:
                 RGBA32 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
                      followed by width*height*4 Bytes of raw RGBA32 data.
                 ABGR32 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
                      followed by width*height*4 Bytes of raw ABGR32 data.
                 RGB24 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
                      followed by width*height*3 Bytes of raw RGB24 data.
                 BGR24 width height xpos ypos alpha clear
                      followed by width*height*3 Bytes of raw BGR24 data.
                 ALPHA width height xpos ypos alpha
                      Change alpha transparency of the specified area.
                 CLEAR width height xpos ypos
                      Clear area.
                 OPAQUE
                      Disable all alpha transparency.  Send "ALPHA 0 0 0 0 0" to enable it again.
                 HIDE
                      Hide bitmap.
                 SHOW
                      Show bitmap.

              Arguments are:
                 <width>, <height>
                      image/area size
                 <xpos>, <ypos>
                      Start blitting at position x/y.
                 <alpha>
                      Set  alpha  difference.   If  you  set this to -255 you can then send a sequence of ALPHA-
                      commands to set the area to -225, -200, -175 etc for a nice fade-in-effect! ;)
                         0:    same as original
                         255:  Make everything opaque.
                         -255: Make everything transparent.

                 <clear>
                      Clear the framebuffer before blitting.
                         0: The image will just be blitted on top of the old one, so you do  not  need  to  send
                         1.8MB of RGBA32 data every time a small part of the screen is updated.
                         1: clear

       framestep=I|[i]step
              Renders only every nth frame or every intra frame (keyframe).

              If you call the filter with I (uppercase) as the parameter, then only keyframes are rendered.  For
              DVDs it generally means one in every 15/12 frames (IBBPBBPBBPBBPBB), for AVI it means every  scene
              change  or  every  keyint  value  (see  -lavcopts  keyint= value if you use MEncoder to encode the
              video).

              When a keyframe is found, an 'I!' string followed by a newline character is printed,  leaving  the
              current  line  of MPlayer/MEncoder output on the screen, because it contains the time (in seconds)
              and frame number of the keyframe (You can use this information to split the AVI.).

              If you call the filter with a numeric parameter 'step' then only one in  every  'step'  frames  is
              rendered.

              If you put an 'i' (lowercase) before the number then an 'I!' is printed (like the I parameter).

              If you give only the i then nothing is done to the frames, only I! is printed.

       tile=xtiles:ytiles:output:start:delta
              Tile  a series of images into a single, bigger image.  If you omit a parameter or use a value less
              than 0, then the default value is used.  You can  also  stop  when  you  are  satisfied  (...  -vf
              tile=10:5 ...).  It is probably a good idea to put the scale filter before the tile :-)

              The parameters are:

                 <xtiles>
                      number of tiles on the x axis (default: 5)
                 <ytiles>
                      number of tiles on the y axis (default: 5)
                 <output>
                      Render  the  tile  when  'output' number of frames are reached, where 'output' should be a
                      number less than xtile * ytile.  Missing tiles are left blank.  You  could,  for  example,
                      write an 8 * 7 tile every 50 frames to have one image every 2 seconds @ 25 fps.
                 <start>
                      outer border thickness in pixels (default: 2)
                 <delta>
                      inner border thickness in pixels (default: 4)

       delogo[=x:y:w:h:t]
              Suppresses  a  TV  station  logo  by a simple interpolation of the surrounding pixels.  Just set a
              rectangle covering the logo and watch it disappear (and sometimes something even uglier  appear  -
              your mileage may vary).
                 <x>,<y>
                      top left corner of the logo
                 <w>,<h>
                      width and height of the cleared rectangle
                 <t>  Thickness  of the fuzzy edge of the rectangle (added to w and h).  When set to -1, a green
                      rectangle is drawn on the screen to simplify finding the right x,y,w,h parameters.
                 file=<file>
                      You can specify a text file to load the coordinates from.  Each line must have a timestamp
                      (in seconds, and in ascending order) and the "x:y:w:h:t" coordinates (t can be omitted).

       remove-logo=/path/to/logo_bitmap_file_name.pgm
              Suppresses a TV station logo, using a PGM or PPM image file to determine which pixels comprise the
              logo.  The width and height of the  image  file  must  match  those  of  the  video  stream  being
              processed.  Uses the filter image and a circular blur algorithm to remove the logo.

                 /path/to/logo_bitmap_file_name.pgm
                      [path] + filename of the filter image.

       zrmjpeg[=options]
              Software YV12 to MJPEG encoder for use with the zr2 video output device.

                 maxheight=<h>|maxwidth=<w>
                      These  options set the maximum width and height the zr card can handle (the MPlayer filter
                      layer currently cannot query those).

                 {dc10+,dc10,buz,lml33}-{PAL|NTSC}
                      Use these options to set maxwidth and maxheight automatically  to  the  values  known  for
                      card/mode  combo.   For  example,  valid  options  are:  dc10-PAL  and  buz-NTSC (default:
                      dc10+PAL)

                 color|bw
                      Select color or black and white encoding.  Black and white encoding is faster.   Color  is
                      the default.

                 hdec={1,2,4}
                      Horizontal decimation 1, 2 or 4.

                 vdec={1,2,4}
                      Vertical decimation 1, 2 or 4.

                 quality=1-20
                      Set JPEG compression quality [BEST] 1 - 20 [VERY BAD].

                 fd|nofd
                      By  default,  decimation is only performed if the Zoran hardware can upscale the resulting
                      MJPEG images to the original size.  The option fd instructs the filter to  always  perform
                      the requested decimation (ugly).

       screenshot
              Allows  acquiring  screenshots  of  the  movie  using  slave  mode  commands  that can be bound to
              keypresses.  See the slave mode documentation and the INTERACTIVE  CONTROL  section  for  details.
              Files  named  'shotNNNN.png'  will  be  saved  in the working directory, using the first available
              number - no files will be overwritten.  The filter has no overhead when not used  and  accepts  an
              arbitrary  colorspace,  so  it  is  safe  to add it to the configuration file.  Make sure that the
              screenshot filter is added after all other filters whose effect you want to record  on  the  saved
              image.   E.g. it should be the last filter if you want to have an exact screenshot of what you see
              on the monitor.

       ass
              Moves SSA/ASS subtitle rendering to an arbitrary point in the filter chain.  Only useful with  the
              -ass option.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf ass,screenshot
                      Moves  SSA/ASS  rendering  before  the screenshot filter.  Screenshots taken this way will
                      contain subtitles.

       blackframe[=amount:threshold]
              Detect frames that are (almost) completely black.  Can be useful to detect chapter transitions  or
              commercials.   Output  lines  consist of the frame number of the detected frame, the percentage of
              blackness, the frame type and the frame number of the last encountered keyframe.

                 <amount>
                      Percentage of the pixels that have to be below the threshold (default: 98).

                 <threshold>
                      Threshold below which a pixel value is considered black (default: 32).

       stereo3d[=in:out]
              Stereo3d converts between different stereoscopic image formats.

                 <in> Stereoscopic image format of input. Possible values:
                      sbsl or side_by_side_left_first
                             side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye right)
                      sbsr or side_by_side_right_first
                             side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye right)
                      sbs2l or side_by_side_half_width_left_first
                             side by side with half width resolution (left eye left, right eye right)
                      sbs2r or side_by_side_half_width_right_first
                             side by side with half width resolution (right eye left, left eye right)
                      abl or above_below_left_first
                             above-below (left eye above, right eye below)
                      abl or above_below_right_first
                             above-below (right eye above, left eye below)
                      ab2l or above_below_half_height_left_first
                             above-below with half height resolution (left eye above, right eye below)
                      ab2r or above_below_half_height_right_first
                             above-below with half height resolution (right eye above, left eye below)

                 <out>
                      Stereoscopic image format of output. Possible values are all the input formats as well as:
                      arcg or anaglyph_red_cyan_gray
                             anaglyph red/cyan gray (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
                      arch or anaglyph_red_cyan_half_color
                             anaglyph red/cyan half colored (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
                      arcc or anaglyph_red_cyan_color
                             anaglyph red/cyan color (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
                      arcd or anaglyph_red_cyan_dubois
                             anaglyph red/cyan color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois  (red
                             filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
                      agmg or anaglyph_green_magenta_gray
                             anaglyph green/magenta gray (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
                      agmh or anaglyph_green_magenta_half_color
                             anaglyph  green/magenta  half  colored (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on
                             right eye)
                      agmc or anaglyph_green_magenta_color
                             anaglyph green/magenta colored (green filter on left eye, magenta filter  on  right
                             eye)
                      aybg or anaglyph_yellow_blue_gray
                             anaglyph yellow/blue gray (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
                      aybh or anaglyph_yellow_blue_half_color
                             anaglyph  yellow/blue half colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right
                             eye)
                      aybc or anaglyph_yellow_blue_color
                             anaglyph yellow/blue colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
                      irl or interleave_rows_left_first
                             Interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right eye starts on next row)
                      irr or interleave_rows_right_first
                             Interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye starts on next row)
                      ml or mono_left
                             mono output (left eye only)
                      mr or mono_right
                             mono output (right eye only)
                 NOTE: To use either of the interleaved-rows output formats to display  full-screen  on  a  row-
                 interleaved  3D display, you will need to scale the video to the correct height first using the
                 "scale" filter, if it is not already the right height.  Typically, that is 1080  rows  (so  use
                 e.g.  "-vf scale=1440:1080,stereo3d=sbsl:irl" for a 720p side-by-side encoded movie).

       gradfun[=strength[:radius]]
              Fix  the banding artifacts that are sometimes introduced into nearly flat regions by truncation to
              8bit colordepth.  Interpolates the gradients that should go where the bands are, and dithers them.

              This filter is designed for playback only.  Do not use it  prior  to  lossy  compression,  because
              compression tends to lose the dither and bring back the bands.

                 <strength>
                      Maximum  amount  by  which  the  filter will change any one pixel.  Also the threshold for
                      detecting nearly flat regions (default: 1.2).

                 <radius>
                      Neighborhood to fit the gradient to.  Larger radius makes for smoother gradients, but also
                      prevents the filter from modifying pixels near detailed regions (default: 16).

       fixpts[=options]
              Fixes  the  presentation  timestamps  (PTS) of the frames.  By default, the PTS passed to the next
              filter is dropped, but the following options can change that:

                 print
                      Print the incoming PTS.

                 fps=<fps>
                      Specify a frame per second value.

                 start=<pts>
                      Specify an initial value for the PTS.

                 autostart=<n>
                      Uses the nth incoming PTS as the initial PTS.  All previous PTS are  kept,  so  setting  a
                      huge value or -1 keeps the PTS intact.

                 autofps=<n>
                      Uses the nth incoming PTS after the end of autostart to determine the framerate.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -vf fixpts=fps=24000/1001,ass,fixpts
                      Generates  a  new sequence of PTS, uses it for ASS subtitles, then drops it.  Generating a
                      new sequence is useful when the timestamps are reset during the program; this is  frequent
                      on DVDs.  Dropping it may be necessary to avoid confusing encoders.

              NOTE: Using this filter together with any sort of seeking (including -ss and EDLs) may make demons
              fly out of your nose.

GENERAL ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)

       -audio-delay <any floating-point number>
              Delays either audio or video by setting a delay field in the header (default: 0.0).  This does not
              delay  either  stream  while  encoding,  but  the  player  will see the delay field and compensate
              accordingly.  Positive values delay the audio, and negative values delay  the  video.   Note  that
              this  is  the  exact  opposite of the -delay option.  For example, if a video plays correctly with
              -delay 0.2, you can fix the video with MEncoder by using -audio-delay -0.2.

              Currently, this option only works with the default muxer (-of avi).  If you are using a  different
              muxer, then you must use -delay instead.

       -audio-density <1-50>
              Number of audio chunks per second (default is 2 for 0.5s long audio chunks).
              NOTE: CBR only, VBR ignores this as it puts each packet in a new chunk.

       -audio-preload <0.0-2.0>
              Sets up the audio buffering time interval (default: 0.5s).

       -fafmttag <format>
              Can be used to override the audio format tag of the output file.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -fafmttag 0x55
                      Will have the output file contain 0x55 (mp3) as audio format tag.

       -ffourcc <fourcc>
              Can be used to override the video fourcc of the output file.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ffourcc div3
                      Will have the output file contain 'div3' as video fourcc.

       -force-avi-aspect <0.2-3.0>
              Override  the aspect stored in the AVI OpenDML vprp header.  This can be used to change the aspect
              ratio with '-ovc copy'.

       -frameno-file <filename> (DEPRECATED)
              Specify the name of the audio file with framenumber mappings created in  the  first  (audio  only)
              pass of a special three pass encoding mode.
              NOTE:  Using  this  mode  will  most  likely  give you A-V desync.  Do not use it.  It is kept for
              backwards compatibility only and will possibly be removed in a future version.

       -hr-edl-seek
              Use a more precise, but much slower method for skipping areas.  Areas marked for skipping are  not
              seeked  over,  instead  all  frames  are decoded, but only the necessary frames are encoded.  This
              allows starting at non-keyframe boundaries.
              NOTE: Not guaranteed to work right with '-ovc copy'.

       -info <option1:option2:...> (AVI only)
              Specify the info header of the resulting AVI file.

              Available options are:

                 help
                      Show this description.

                 name=<value>
                      title of the work

                 artist=<value>
                      artist or author of the work

                 genre=<value>
                      original work category

                 subject=<value>
                      contents of the work

                 copyright=<value>
                      copyright information

                 srcform=<value>
                      original format of the digitized material

                 comment=<value>
                      general comments about the work

       -noautoexpand
              Do not automatically insert the expand filter into the MEncoder filter chain.  Useful  to  control
              at which point of the filter chain subtitles are rendered when hardcoding subtitles onto a movie.

       -noencodedups
              Do not attempt to encode duplicate frames in duplicate; always output zero-byte frames to indicate
              duplicates.  Zero-byte frames will be written anyway unless a filter or encoder capable  of  doing
              duplicate encoding is loaded.  Currently the only such filter is harddup.

       -noodml (-of avi only)
              Do not write OpenDML index for AVI files >1GB.

       -noskip
              Do not skip frames.

       -o <filename>
              Outputs to the given filename.
              If you want a default output filename, you can put this option in the MEncoder config file.

       -oac <codec name>
              Encode with the given audio codec (no default set).
              NOTE: Use -oac help to get a list of available audio codecs.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -oac copy
                      no encoding, just streamcopy
                 -oac pcm
                      Encode to uncompressed PCM.
                 -oac mp3lame
                      Encode to MP3 (using LAME).
                 -oac lavc
                      Encode with a libavcodec codec.

       -of <format> (BETA CODE!)
              Encode to the specified container format (default: AVI).
              NOTE: Use -of help to get a list of available container formats.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -of avi
                      Encode to AVI.
                 -of mpeg
                      Encode to MPEG (also see -mpegopts).
                 -of lavf
                      Encode with libavformat muxers (also see -lavfopts).
                 -of rawvideo
                      raw video stream (no muxing - one video stream only)
                 -of rawaudio
                      raw audio stream (no muxing - one audio stream only)

       -ofps <fps>
              Specify  a  frames per second (fps) value for the output file, which can be different from that of
              the source material.  Must be set for variable fps (ASF, some MOV) and progressive (30000/1001 fps
              telecined MPEG) files.

       -ovc <codec name>
              Encode with the given video codec (no default set).
              NOTE: Use -ovc help to get a list of available video codecs.

              EXAMPLE:
                 -ovc copy
                      no encoding, just streamcopy
                 -ovc raw
                      Encode to an arbitrary uncompressed format (use '-vf format' to select).
                 -ovc lavc
                      Encode with a libavcodec codec.

       -passlogfile <filename>
              Dump  first  pass  information  to  <filename>  instead  of  the default divx2pass.log in two pass
              encoding mode.

       -skiplimit <value>
              Specify the maximum number of frames that may be skipped after encoding  one  frame  (-noskiplimit
              for unlimited).

       -vobsubout <basename>
              Specify the basename for the output .idx and .sub files.  This turns off subtitle rendering in the
              encoded movie and diverts it to VOBsub subtitle files.

       -vobsuboutid <langid>
              Specify the language two letter code for the subtitles.  This overrides what is read from the  DVD
              or the .ifo file.

       -vobsuboutindex <index>
              Specify the index of the subtitles in the output files (default: 0).

       -force-key-frames <time>,<time>,...
              Force  key  frames  at  the  specified  timestamps,  more  precisely at the first frame after each
              specified time.

              This option can be used to ensure that a seek point is present at a  chapter  mark  or  any  other
              designated place in the output file.

              The timestamps must be specified in ascending order.

              Since  MEncoder  does  not  send  timestamps  along the filter chain, you probably need to use the
              fixpts filter for this option to work.

              Not all codecs support forced  key  frames.   Currently,  support  is  only  implemented  for  the
              following encoders: lavc, x264, xvid.

CODEC SPECIFIC ENCODING OPTIONS (MENCODER ONLY)

       You can specify codec specific encoding parameters using the following syntax:

       -<codec>opts <option1[=value1]:option2[=value2]:...>

       Where <codec> may be: lavc, xvidenc, mp3lame, toolame, twolame, nuv, xvfw, faac, x264enc, mpeg, lavf.

   mp3lame (-lameopts)
       help
              get help

       vbr=<0-4>
              variable bitrate method
                 0    cbr
                 1    mt
                 2    rh (default)
                 3    abr
                 4    mtrh

       abr
              average bitrate

       cbr
              constant bitrate Also forces CBR mode encoding on subsequent ABR presets modes.

       br=<0-1024>
              bitrate in kbps (CBR and ABR only)

       q=<0-9>
              quality (0 - highest, 9 - lowest) (VBR only)

       aq=<0-9>
              algorithmic quality (0 - best/slowest, 9 - worst/fastest)

       ratio=<1-100>
              compression ratio

       vol=<0-10>
              audio input gain

       mode=<0-3>
              (default: auto)
                 0    stereo
                 1    joint-stereo
                 2    dualchannel
                 3    mono

       padding=<0-2>
                 0    none
                 1    all
                 2    adjust

       fast
              Switch on faster encoding on subsequent VBR presets modes.  This results in slightly lower quality
              and higher bitrates.

       highpassfreq=<freq>
              Set a highpass filtering frequency in Hz.  Frequencies below the specified one will be cut off.  A
              value of -1 will disable filtering, a value of 0 will let LAME choose values automatically.

       lowpassfreq=<freq>
              Set  a lowpass filtering frequency in Hz.  Frequencies above the specified one will be cut off.  A
              value of -1 will disable filtering, a value of 0 will let LAME choose values automatically.

       preset=<value>
              preset values

                 help
                      Print additional options and information about presets settings.

                 medium
                      VBR encoding, good quality, 150-180 kbps bitrate range

                 standard
                      VBR encoding, high quality, 170-210 kbps bitrate range

                 extreme
                      VBR encoding, very high quality, 200-240 kbps bitrate range

                 insane
                      CBR encoding, highest preset quality, 320 kbps bitrate

                 <8-320>
                      ABR encoding at average given kbps bitrate

              EXAMPLES:
                 fast:preset=standard
                      suitable for most people and most music types and already quite high quality
                 cbr:preset=192
                      Encode with ABR presets at a 192 kbps forced constant bitrate.
                 preset=172
                      Encode with ABR presets at a 172 kbps average bitrate.
                 preset=extreme
                      for people with extremely good hearing and similar equipment

   toolame and twolame (-toolameopts and -twolameopts respectively)
       br=<32-384>
              In CBR mode this parameter indicates the bitrate in kbps, when in  VBR  mode  it  is  the  minimum
              bitrate allowed per frame.  VBR mode will not work with a value below 112.

       vbr=<-50-50> (VBR only)
              variability  range; if negative the encoder shifts the average bitrate towards the lower limit, if
              positive towards the higher.  When set to 0 CBR is used (default).

       maxvbr=<32-384> (VBR only)
              maximum bitrate allowed per frame, in kbps

       mode=<stereo | jstereo | mono | dual>
              (default: mono for 1-channel audio, stereo otherwise)

       psy=<-1-4>
              psychoacoustic model (default: 2)

       errprot=<0 | 1>
              Include error protection.

       debug=<0-10>
              debug level

   faac (-faacopts)
       br=<bitrate>
              average bitrate in kbps (mutually exclusive with quality)

       quality=<1-1000>
              quality mode, the higher the better (mutually exclusive with br)

       object=<1-4>
              object type complexity
                 1    MAIN (default)
                 2    LOW
                 3    SSR
                 4    LTP (extremely slow)

       mpeg=<2|4>
              MPEG version (default: 4)

       tns
              Enables temporal noise shaping.

       cutoff=<0-sampling_rate/2>
              cutoff frequency (default: sampling_rate/2)

       raw
              Stores the bitstream  as  raw  payload  with  extradata  in  the  container  header  (default:  0,
              corresponds  to ADTS).  Do not set this flag if not explicitly required or you will not be able to
              remux the audio stream later on.

   lavc (-lavcopts)
       Many libavcodec (lavc for short) options are tersely documented.  Read the source for full details.

       EXAMPLE:
                 vcodec=msmpeg4:vbitrate=1800:vhq:keyint=250

       o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass AVOptions to libavcodec encoder.  Note, a patch to make the o= unneeded and pass all  unknown
              options  through  the  AVOption  system  is welcome.  A full list of AVOptions can be found in the
              FFmpeg manual.  Note that some AVOptions may conflict with MEncoder options.

              EXAMPLE:
                 o=bt=100k

       acodec=<value>
              audio codec (default: mp2)
                 ac3
                      Dolby Digital (AC-3)
                 adpcm_*
                      Adaptive PCM formats - see the HTML documentation for details.
                 flac
                      Free Lossless Audio Codec (FLAC)
                 g726
                      G.726 ADPCM
                 libfaac
                      Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) - using FAAC
                 libmp3lame
                      MPEG-1 audio layer 3 (MP3) - using LAME
                 mp2
                      MPEG-1 audio layer 2 (MP2)
                 pcm_*
                      PCM formats - see the HTML documentation for details.
                 roq_dpcm
                      Id Software RoQ DPCM
                 sonic
                      experimental simple lossy codec
                 sonicls
                      experimental simple lossless codec
                 vorbis
                      Vorbis
                 wmav1
                      Windows Media Audio v1
                 wmav2
                      Windows Media Audio v2

       abitrate=<value>
              audio bitrate in kbps (default: 224)

       atag=<value>
              Use the specified Windows audio format tag (e.g. atag=0x55).

       bit_exact
              Use  only  bit  exact  algorithms  (except  (I)DCT).   Additionally  bit_exact  disables   several
              optimizations and thus should only be used for regression tests, which need binary identical files
              even if the encoder version changes.  This also suppresses the user_data header in MPEG-4 streams.
              Do not use this option unless you know exactly what you are doing.

       threads=<1-8>
              Maximum  number  of  threads  to  use  (default:  1).  May have a slight negative effect on motion
              estimation.

       vcodec=<value>
              Employ the specified codec (default: mpeg4).
                 asv1
                      ASUS Video v1
                 asv2
                      ASUS Video v2
                 dvvideo
                      Sony Digital Video
                 ffv1
                      FFmpeg's lossless video codec
                 ffvhuff
                      nonstandard 20% smaller HuffYUV using YV12
                 flv
                      Sorenson H.263 used in Flash Video
                 h261
                      H.261
                 h263
                      H.263
                 h263p
                      H.263+
                 huffyuv
                      HuffYUV
                 libtheora
                      Theora
                 libx264
                      x264 H.264/AVC MPEG-4 Part 10
                 libxvid
                      Xvid MPEG-4 Part 2 (ASP)
                 ljpeg
                      Lossless JPEG
                 mjpeg
                      Motion JPEG
                 mpeg1video
                      MPEG-1 video
                 mpeg2video
                      MPEG-2 video
                 mpeg4
                      MPEG-4 (DivX 4/5)
                 msmpeg4
                      DivX 3
                 msmpeg4v2
                      MS MPEG4v2
                 roqvideo
                      ID Software RoQ Video
                 rv10
                      an old RealVideo codec
                 snow (also see: vstrict)
                      FFmpeg's experimental wavelet-based codec
                 svq1
                      Apple Sorenson Video 1
                 wmv1
                      Windows Media Video, version 1 (AKA WMV7)
                 wmv2
                      Windows Media Video, version 2 (AKA WMV8)

       vqmin=<1-31>
              minimum quantizer

                 1    Not recommended (much larger file, little  quality  difference  and  weird  side  effects:
                      msmpeg4,  h263  will  be very low quality, ratecontrol will be confused resulting in lower
                      quality and some decoders will not be able to decode it).

                 2    Recommended for normal mpeg4/mpeg1video encoding (default).

                 3    Recommended for h263(p)/msmpeg4.  The reason for preferring 3 over 2 is that 2 could  lead
                      to  overflows.   (This  will  be fixed for h263(p) by changing the quantizer per MB in the
                      future, msmpeg4 cannot be fixed as it does not support that.)

       lmin=<0.01-255.0>
              Minimum frame-level Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol (default:  2.0).   Lavc  will  rarely  use
              quantizers  below  the  value  of  lmin.  Lowering lmin will make lavc more likely to choose lower
              quantizers for some frames, but not lower than the value of vqmin.  Likewise,  raising  lmin  will
              make  lavc  less  likely  to  choose  low  quantizers, even if vqmin would have allowed them.  You
              probably want to set lmin approximately equal to vqmin.  When adaptive  quantization  is  in  use,
              changing lmin/lmax may have less of an effect; see mblmin/mblmax.

       lmax=<0.01-255.0>
              maximum Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol (default: 31.0)

       mblmin=<0.01-255.0>
              Minimum  macroblock-level  Lagrange  multiplier  for  ratecontrol  (default:2.0).   This parameter
              affects adaptive quantization options like qprd, lumi_mask, etc..

       mblmax=<0.01-255.0>
              Maximum macroblock-level Lagrange multiplier for ratecontrol (default: 31.0).

       vqscale=<0-31>
              Constant quantizer / constant quality encoding (selects fixed  quantizer  mode).   A  lower  value
              means  better  quality  but  larger  files  (default:  -1).   In case of snow codec, value 0 means
              lossless encoding.  Since the other codecs do not support this, vqscale=0 will have  an  undefined
              effect.  1 is not recommended (see vqmin for details).

       vqmax=<1-31>
              Maximum quantizer, 10-31 should be a sane range (default: 31).

       vqdiff=<1-31>
              maximum quantizer difference between consecutive I- or P-frames (default: 3)

       vmax_b_frames=<0-4>
              maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames:
                 0    no B-frames (default)
                 0-2  sane range for MPEG-4

       vme=<0-5>
              motion estimation method.  Available methods are:
                 0    none (very low quality)
                 1    full (slow, currently unmaintained and disabled)
                 2    log (low quality, currently unmaintained and disabled)
                 3    phods (low quality, currently unmaintained and disabled)
                 4    EPZS: size=1 diamond, size can be adjusted with the *dia options (default)
                 5    X1 (experimental, currently aliased to EPZS)
                 8    iter (iterative overlapped block, only used in snow)

              NOTE: 0-3 currently ignores the amount of bits spent, so quality may be low.

       me_range=<0-9999>
              motion estimation search range (default: 0 (unlimited))

       mbd=<0-2> (also see *cmp, qpel)
              Macroblock decision algorithm (high quality mode), encode each macro block in all modes and choose
              the best.  This is slow but results in better quality and file size.  When mbd is set to 1  or  2,
              the  value  of mbcmp is ignored when comparing macroblocks (the mbcmp value is still used in other
              places though, in particular the motion search algorithms).  If any  comparison  setting  (precmp,
              subcmp,  cmp,  or  mbcmp)  is nonzero, however, a slower but better half-pel motion search will be
              used, regardless of what mbd is set to.  If qpel is set, quarter-pel motion search  will  be  used
              regardless.
                 0    Use comparison function given by mbcmp (default).
                 1    Select the MB mode which needs the fewest bits (=vhq).
                 2    Select the MB mode which has the best rate distortion.

       vhq
              Same as mbd=1, kept for compatibility reasons.

       v4mv
              Allow 4 motion vectors per macroblock (slightly better quality).  Works better if used with mbd>0.

       obmc
              overlapped block motion compensation (H.263+)

       loop
              loop filter (H.263+) note, this is broken

       inter_threshold <-1000-1000>
              Does absolutely nothing at the moment.

       keyint=<0-300>
              maximum  interval between keyframes in frames (default: 250 or one keyframe every ten seconds in a
              25fps movie.  This is the recommended default for MPEG-4).  Most codecs require regular  keyframes
              in  order  to limit the accumulation of mismatch error.  Keyframes are also needed for seeking, as
              seeking is only possible to a keyframe - but keyframes need  more  space  than  other  frames,  so
              larger  numbers  here mean slightly smaller files but less precise seeking.  0 is equivalent to 1,
              which makes every frame a keyframe.  Values >300 are not recommended as the quality might  be  bad
              depending upon decoder, encoder and luck.  It is common for MPEG-1/2 to use values <=30.

       sc_threshold=<-1000000000-1000000000>
              Threshold  for  scene  change  detection.   A keyframe is inserted by libavcodec when it detects a
              scene change.  You can specify the sensitivity of the detection  with  this  option.   -1000000000
              means  there  is  a  scene  change  detected at every frame, 1000000000 means no scene changes are
              detected (default: 0).

       sc_factor=<any positive integer>
              Causes frames with higher quantizers to be more likely to trigger a  scene  change  detection  and
              make  libavcodec  use  an I-frame (default: 1).  1-16 is a sane range.  Values between 2 and 6 may
              yield increasing PSNR (up to approximately 0.04 dB) and better  placement  of  I-frames  in  high-
              motion  scenes.   Higher  values  than 6 may give very slightly better PSNR (approximately 0.01 dB
              more than sc_factor=6), but noticably worse visual quality.

       vb_strategy=<0-2> (pass one only)
              strategy to choose between I/P/B-frames:
                 0    Always use the maximum number of B-frames (default).
                 1    Avoid B-frames in high motion scenes.  See the b_sensitivity option to tune this strategy.
                 2    Places B-frames more or less optimally to yield maximum quality (slower).  You may want to
                      reduce the speed impact of this option by tuning the option brd_scale.

       b_sensitivity=<any integer greater than 0>
              Adjusts  how  sensitively  vb_strategy=1  detects  motion and avoids using B-frames (default: 40).
              Lower sensitivities will result in more B-frames.  Using more B-frames usually improves PSNR,  but
              too  many  B-frames  can  hurt  quality  in high-motion scenes.  Unless there is an extremely high
              amount of motion, b_sensitivity can safely be lowered below the default; 10 is a reasonable  value
              in most cases.

       brd_scale=<0-10>
              Downscales  frames for dynamic B-frame decision (default: 0).  Each time brd_scale is increased by
              one, the frame dimensions are divided by two, which improves speed by  a  factor  of  four.   Both
              dimensions  of  the  fully  downscaled  frame  must  be  even numbers, so brd_scale=1 requires the
              original dimensions to be multiples of four, brd_scale=2 requires multiples  of  eight,  etc.   In
              other  words,  the dimensions of the original frame must both be divisible by 2^(brd_scale+1) with
              no remainder.

       bidir_refine=<0-4>
              Refine the two motion vectors used in bidirectional macroblocks, rather than re-using vectors from
              the forward and backward searches.  This option has no effect without B-frames.
                 0    Disabled (default).
                 1-4  Use a wider search (larger values are slower).

       vpass=<1-3>
              Activates  internal  two  (or  more) pass mode, only specify if you wish to use two (or more) pass
              encoding.
                 1    first pass (also see turbo)
                 2    second pass
                 3    Nth pass (second and subsequent passes of N-pass encoding)
              Here is how it works, and how to use it:
              The first pass (vpass=1) writes the statistics file.  You might want to deactivate some CPU-hungry
              options, like "turbo" mode does.
              In  two  pass  mode,  the  second  pass  (vpass=2) reads the statistics file and bases ratecontrol
              decisions on it.
              In N-pass mode, the second pass (vpass=3, that is not a  typo)  does  both:  It  first  reads  the
              statistics,  then  overwrites  them.   You might want to backup divx2pass.log before doing this if
              there is any possibility that you will have to cancel MEncoder.  You can use all encoding options,
              except very CPU-hungry options like "qns".
              You  can run this same pass over and over to refine the encode.  Each subsequent pass will use the
              statistics from the previous pass to improve.  The final pass can include any CPU-hungry  encoding
              options.
              If you want a 2 pass encode, use first vpass=1, and then vpass=2.
              If  you  want  a  3  or more pass encode, use vpass=1 for the first pass and then vpass=3 and then
              vpass=3 again and again until you are satisfied with the encode.

              huffyuv:
                 pass 1
                      Saves statistics.
                 pass 2
                      Encodes with an optimal Huffman table based upon statistics from the first pass.

       turbo (two pass only)
              Dramatically speeds up pass one using faster algorithms and disabling CPU-intensive options.  This
              will probably reduce global PSNR a little bit (around 0.01dB) and change individual frame type and
              PSNR a little bit more (up to 0.03dB).

       aspect=<x/y>
              Store movie aspect internally, just like with MPEG files.   Much  nicer  than  rescaling,  because
              quality  is  not  decreased.   Only  MPlayer  will  play these files correctly, other players will
              display them with wrong aspect.  The aspect parameter can be given as a ratio or a floating  point
              number.

              EXAMPLE:
                 aspect=16/9 or aspect=1.78

       autoaspect
              Same  as  the  aspect  option,  but  automatically  computes  aspect,  taking into account all the
              adjustments (crop/expand/scale/etc.) made in the filter  chain.   Does  not  incur  a  performance
              penalty, so you can safely leave it always on.

       vbitrate=<value>
              Specify bitrate (default: 800).
              WARNING: 1kbit = 1000 bits
                 4-16000
                      (in kbit)
                 16001-24000000
                      (in bit)

       vratetol=<value>
              approximated  file  size  tolerance in kbit.  1000-100000 is a sane range.  (warning: 1kbit = 1000
              bits) (default: 8000)
              NOTE: vratetol should not be too large during the second  pass  or  there  might  be  problems  if
              vrc_(min|max)rate is used.

       vrc_maxrate=<value>
              maximum bitrate in kbit/sec (default: 0, unlimited)

       vrc_minrate=<value>
              minimum bitrate in kbit/sec (default: 0, unlimited)

       vrc_buf_size=<value>
              buffer size in kbit For MPEG-1/2 this also sets the vbv buffer size, use 327 for VCD, 917 for SVCD
              and 1835 for DVD.

       vrc_buf_aggressivity
              currently useless

       vrc_strategy
              Ratecontrol method.  Note that some of the ratecontrol-affecting options will have  no  effect  if
              vrc_strategy is not set to 0.
                 0    Use internal lavc ratecontrol (default).
                 1    Use Xvid ratecontrol (experimental; requires MEncoder to be compiled with support for Xvid
                      1.1 or higher).

       vb_qfactor=<-31.0-31.0>
              quantizer factor between B- and non-B-frames (default: 1.25)

       vi_qfactor=<-31.0-31.0>
              quantizer factor between I- and non-I-frames (default: 0.8)

       vb_qoffset=<-31.0-31.0>
              quantizer offset between B- and non-B-frames (default: 1.25)

       vi_qoffset=<-31.0-31.0>
              (default: 0.0)
              if v{b|i}_qfactor > 0
              I/B-frame quantizer = P-frame quantizer * v{b|i}_qfactor + v{b|i}_qoffset
              else
              do normal ratecontrol (do not lock to next P-frame quantizer) and set q=  -q  *  v{b|i}_qfactor  +
              v{b|i}_qoffset
              HINT:  To  do  constant quantizer encoding with different quantizers for I/P- and B-frames you can
              use: lmin= <ip_quant>:lmax= <ip_quant>:vb_qfactor= <b_quant/ip_quant>.

       vqblur=<0.0-1.0> (pass one)
              Quantizer blur (default: 0.5), larger values will average the quantizer  more  over  time  (slower
              change).
                 0.0  Quantizer blur disabled.
                 1.0  Average the quantizer over all previous frames.

       vqblur=<0.0-99.0> (pass two)
              Quantizer  gaussian  blur  (default: 0.5), larger values will average the quantizer more over time
              (slower change).

       vqcomp=<0.0-1.0>
              Quantizer compression, vrc_eq depends upon this (default: 0.5).  NOTE: Perceptual quality will  be
              optimal somewhere in between the range's extremes.

       vrc_eq=<equation>
              main ratecontrol equation

                 1+(tex/avgTex-1)*qComp
                      approximately the equation of the old ratecontrol code

                 tex^qComp
                      with qcomp 0.5 or something like that (default)

              infix operators:

                 +,-,*,/,^

              variables:

                 tex
                      texture complexity

                 iTex,pTex
                      intra, non-intra texture complexity

                 avgTex
                      average texture complexity

                 avgIITex
                      average intra texture complexity in I-frames

                 avgPITex
                      average intra texture complexity in P-frames

                 avgPPTex
                      average non-intra texture complexity in P-frames

                 avgBPTex
                      average non-intra texture complexity in B-frames

                 mv
                      bits used for motion vectors

                 fCode
                      maximum length of motion vector in log2 scale

                 iCount
                      number of intra macroblocks / number of macroblocks

                 var
                      spatial complexity

                 mcVar
                      temporal complexity

                 qComp
                      qcomp from the command line

                 isI, isP, isB
                      Is 1 if picture type is I/P/B else 0.

                 Pi,E
                      See your favorite math book.

              functions:

                 max(a,b),min(a,b)
                      maximum / minimum

                 gt(a,b)
                      is 1 if a>b, 0 otherwise

                 lt(a,b)
                      is 1 if a<b, 0 otherwise

                 eq(a,b)
                      is 1 if a==b, 0 otherwise

                 sin, cos, tan, sinh, cosh, tanh, exp, log, abs

       vrc_override=<options>
              User  specified quality for specific parts (ending, credits, ...).  The options are <start-frame>,
              <end-frame>, <quality>[/<start-frame>, <end-frame>, <quality>[/...]]:
                 quality (2-31)
                      quantizer
                 quality (-500-0)
                      quality correction in %

       vrc_init_cplx=<0-1000>
              initial complexity (pass 1)

       vrc_init_occupancy=<0.0-1.0>
              initial buffer occupancy, as a fraction of vrc_buf_size (default: 0.9)

       vqsquish=<0|1>
              Specify how to keep the quantizer between qmin and qmax.
                 0    Use clipping.
                 1    Use a nice differentiable function (default).

       vlelim=<-1000-1000>
              Sets single coefficient elimination threshold for luminance.  Negative values will  also  consider
              the DC coefficient (should be at least -4 or lower for encoding at quant=1):
                 0    disabled (default)
                 -4   JVT recommendation

       vcelim=<-1000-1000>
              Sets single coefficient elimination threshold for chrominance.  Negative values will also consider
              the DC coefficient (should be at least -4 or lower for encoding at quant=1):
                 0    disabled (default)
                 7    JVT recommendation

       vstrict=<-2|-1|0|1>
              strict standard compliance
                 0    disabled
                 1    Only recommended if you want to feed the output into the MPEG-4 reference decoder.
                 -1   Allow libavcodec specific extensions (default).
                 -2   Enables experimental codecs and features which may not be  playable  with  future  MPlayer
                      versions (snow).

       vdpart
              Data  partitioning.   Adds  2  Bytes per video packet, improves error-resistance when transferring
              over unreliable channels (e.g. streaming over the internet).  Each video packet will be encoded in
              3 separate partitions:
                 1. MVs
                      movement
                 2. DC coefficients
                      low res picture
                 3. AC coefficients
                      details
              MV  &  DC  are  most  important,  losing  them  looks far worse than losing the AC and the 1. & 2.
              partition.  (MV & DC) are far smaller than the 3. partition (AC) meaning that errors will hit  the
              AC partition much more often than the MV & DC partitions.  Thus, the picture will look better with
              partitioning than without, as without partitioning an error will trash AC/DC/MV equally.

       vpsize=<0-10000> (also see vdpart)
              Video packet size, improves error-resistance.
                 0
                      disabled (default)
                 100-1000
                      good choice

       ss
              slice structured mode for H.263+

       gray
              grayscale only encoding (faster)

       vfdct=<0-10>
              DCT algorithm
                 0    Automatically select a good one (default).
                 1    fast integer
                 2    accurate integer
                 3    MMX
                 4    mlib
                 5    AltiVec
                 6    floating point AAN

       idct=<0-99>
              IDCT algorithm
              NOTE: To the best of our knowledge all these IDCTs do pass the IEEE1180 tests.
                 0    Automatically select a good one (default).
                 1    JPEG reference integer
                 2    simple
                 3    simplemmx
                 4    libmpeg2mmx (inaccurate, do not use for encoding with keyint >100)
                 5    ps2
                 6    mlib
                 7    arm
                 8    AltiVec
                 9    sh4
                 10   simplearm
                 11   H.264
                 12   VP3
                 13   IPP
                 14   xvidmmx
                 15   CAVS
                 16   simplearmv5te
                 17   simplearmv6

       lumi_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              Luminance masking is a 'psychosensory' setting that is supposed to make use of the fact  that  the
              human  eye  tends  to notice fewer details in very bright parts of the picture.  Luminance masking
              compresses bright areas stronger than medium ones, so it will save bits that can be spent again on
              other frames, raising overall subjective quality, while possibly reducing PSNR.
              WARNING: Be careful, overly large values can cause disastrous things.
              WARNING: Large values might look good on some monitors but may look horrible on other monitors.
                 0.0
                      disabled (default)
                 0.0-0.3
                      sane range

       dark_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              Darkness  masking  is  a 'psychosensory' setting that is supposed to make use of the fact that the
              human eye tends to notice fewer details in very dark  parts  of  the  picture.   Darkness  masking
              compresses  dark  areas stronger than medium ones, so it will save bits that can be spent again on
              other frames, raising overall subjective quality, while possibly reducing PSNR.
              WARNING: Be careful, overly large values can cause disastrous things.
              WARNING: Large values might look good on some monitors but may look horrible on other  monitors  /
              TV / TFT.
                 0.0
                      disabled (default)
                 0.0-0.3
                      sane range

       tcplx_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              Temporal  complexity masking (default: 0.0 (disabled)).  Imagine a scene with a bird flying across
              the whole scene; tcplx_mask will raise the quantizers of the bird's macroblocks  (thus  decreasing
              their  quality),  as  the  human eye usually does not have time to see all the bird's details.  Be
              warned that if the masked object stops (e.g. the bird lands) it is likely to look horrible  for  a
              short  period  of  time,  until  the  encoder  figures out that the object is not moving and needs
              refined blocks.  The saved bits will be spent on other parts of  the  video,  which  may  increase
              subjective quality, provided that tcplx_mask is carefully chosen.

       scplx_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              Spatial  complexity  masking.   Larger  values help against blockiness, if no deblocking filter is
              used for decoding, which is maybe not a good idea.
              Imagine a scene with grass (which usually has great spatial complexity), a blue sky and  a  house;
              scplx_mask  will  raise  the quantizers of the grass' macroblocks, thus decreasing its quality, in
              order to spend more bits on the sky and the house.
              HINT: Crop any black borders completely as they will reduce the quality of the  macroblocks  (also
              applies without scplx_mask).
                 0.0
                      disabled (default)
                 0.0-0.5
                      sane range

              NOTE: This setting does not have the same effect as using a custom matrix that would compress high
              frequencies harder, as scplx_mask will reduce the quality of P blocks even if only DC is changing.
              The result of scplx_mask will probably not look as good.

       p_mask=<0.0-1.0> (also see vi_qfactor)
              Reduces  the  quality  of  inter  blocks.   This  is equivalent to increasing the quality of intra
              blocks, because the same average bitrate will be distributed by the rate controller to  the  whole
              video  sequence  (default:  0.0  (disabled)).  p_mask=1.0 doubles the bits allocated to each intra
              block.

       border_mask=<0.0-1.0>
              border-processing  for  MPEG-style  encoders.   Border  processing  increases  the  quantizer  for
              macroblocks  which are less than 1/5th of the frame width/height away from the frame border, since
              they are often visually less important.

       naq
              Normalize adaptive quantization (experimental).  When using adaptive  quantization  (*_mask),  the
              average  per-MB  quantizer  may  no  longer  match  the requested frame-level quantizer.  Naq will
              attempt to adjust the per-MB quantizers to maintain the proper average.

       ildct
              Use interlaced DCT.

       ilme
              Use interlaced motion estimation (mutually exclusive with qpel).

       alt
              Use alternative scantable.

       top=<-1-1>
                 -1   automatic
                 0    bottom field first
                 1    top field first

       format=<value>
                 YV12
                      default
                 444P
                      for ffv1
                 422P
                      for HuffYUV, lossless JPEG, dv and ffv1
                 411P
                      for lossless JPEG, dv and ffv1
                 YVU9
                      for lossless JPEG, ffv1 and svq1
                 BGR32
                      for lossless JPEG and ffv1

       pred
              (for HuffYUV)
                 0    left prediction
                 1    plane/gradient prediction
                 2    median prediction

       pred
              (for lossless JPEG)
                 0    left prediction
                 1    top prediction
                 2    topleft prediction
                 3    plane/gradient prediction
                 6    mean prediction

       coder
              (for ffv1)
                 0    vlc coding (Golomb-Rice)
                 1    arithmetic coding (CABAC)

       context
              (for ffv1)
                 0    small context model
                 1    large context model

              (for ffvhuff)
                 0    predetermined Huffman tables (builtin or two pass)
                 1    adaptive Huffman tables

       qpel
              Use quarter pel motion compensation (mutually exclusive with ilme).
              HINT: This seems only useful for high bitrate encodings.

       mbcmp=<0-2000>
              Sets the comparison function for the macroblock decision, has only an effect if  mbd=0.   This  is
              also  used  for  some  motion  search  functions, in which case it has an effect regardless of mbd
              setting.
                 0 (SAD)
                      sum of absolute differences, fast (default)
                 1 (SSE)
                      sum of squared errors
                 2 (SATD)
                      sum of absolute Hadamard transformed differences
                 3 (DCT)
                      sum of absolute DCT transformed differences
                 4 (PSNR)
                      sum of squared quantization errors (avoid, low quality)
                 5 (BIT)
                      number of bits needed for the block
                 6 (RD)
                      rate distortion optimal, slow
                 7 (ZERO)
                      0
                 8 (VSAD)
                      sum of absolute vertical differences
                 9 (VSSE)
                      sum of squared vertical differences
                 10 (NSSE)
                      noise preserving sum of squared differences
                 11 (W53)
                      5/3 wavelet, only used in snow
                 12 (W97)
                      9/7 wavelet, only used in snow
                 +256
                      Also use chroma, currently does not work (correctly) with B-frames.

       ildctcmp=<0-2000>
              Sets the comparison function for interlaced DCT  decision  (see  mbcmp  for  available  comparison
              functions).

       precmp=<0-2000>
              Sets  the  comparison  function for motion estimation pre pass (see mbcmp for available comparison
              functions) (default: 0).

       cmp=<0-2000>
              Sets the comparison function for full pel motion estimation (see mbcmp  for  available  comparison
              functions) (default: 0).

       subcmp=<0-2000>
              Sets  the  comparison  function  for sub pel motion estimation (see mbcmp for available comparison
              functions) (default: 0).

       skipcmp=<0-2000>
              FIXME: Document this.

       nssew=<0-1000000>
              This setting controls NSSE weight, where larger weights will result in  more  noise.   0  NSSE  is
              identical  to  SSE You may find this useful if you prefer to keep some noise in your encoded video
              rather than filtering it away before encoding (default: 8).

       predia=<-99-6>
              diamond type and size for motion estimation pre-pass

       dia=<-99-6>
              Diamond type & size for motion estimation.  Motion search is an iterative process.  Using a  small
              diamond  does not limit the search to finding only small motion vectors.  It is just somewhat more
              likely to stop before finding the very best motion vector,  especially  when  noise  is  involved.
              Bigger  diamonds  allow  a  wider search for the best motion vector, thus are slower but result in
              better quality.
              Big normal diamonds are better quality than shape-adaptive diamonds.
              Shape-adaptive diamonds are a good tradeoff between speed and quality.
              NOTE: The sizes of the normal diamonds and shape adaptive ones do not have the same meaning.

                 -3   shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 3

                 -2   shape adaptive (fast) diamond with size 2

                 -1   uneven multi-hexagon search (slow)

                 1    normal size=1 diamond (default) =EPZS type diamond
                            0
                           000
                            0

                 2    normal size=2 diamond
                            0
                           000
                          00000
                           000
                            0

       trell
              Trellis searched quantization.  This will find the optimal encoding for each 8x8  block.   Trellis
              searched  quantization  is  quite  simply an optimal quantization in the PSNR versus bitrate sense
              (Assuming that there would be no rounding errors introduced by the IDCT, which  is  obviously  not
              the case.).  It simply finds a block for the minimum of error and lambda*bits.
                 lambda
                      quantization parameter (QP) dependent constant
                 bits
                      amount of bits needed to encode the block
                 error
                      sum of squared errors of the quantization

       cbp
              Rate  distorted  optimal coded block pattern.  Will select the coded block pattern which minimizes
              distortion + lambda*rate.  This can only be used together with trellis quantization.

       mv0
              Try to encode each MB with MV=<0,0> and choose the better one.  This has no effect if mbd=0.

       mv0_threshold=<any non-negative integer>
              When surrounding motion vectors are <0,0> and the motion estimation score of the current block  is
              less  than  mv0_threshold,  <0,0>  is  used for the motion vector and further motion estimation is
              skipped (default: 256).  Lowering mv0_threshold to 0 can give a slight (0.01dB) PSNR increase  and
              possibly  make  the  encoded video look slightly better; raising mv0_threshold past 320 results in
              diminished PSNR and visual quality.  Higher values speed up encoding very slightly  (usually  less
              than 1%, depending on the other options used).
              NOTE: This option does not require mv0 to be enabled.

       qprd (mbd=2 only)
              rate distorted optimal quantization parameter (QP) for the given lambda of each macroblock

       last_pred=<0-99>
              amount of motion predictors from the previous frame
                 0    (default)
                 a    Will  use  2a+1  x  2a+1  macroblock  square of motion vector predictors from the previous
                      frame.

       preme=<0-2>
              motion estimation pre-pass
                 0    disabled
                 1    only after I-frames (default)
                 2    always

       subq=<1-8>
              subpel refinement quality (for qpel) (default: 8 (high quality))
              NOTE: This has a significant effect on speed.

       refs=<1-8>
              number of reference frames to consider for motion compensation (Snow only) (default: 1)

       psnr
              print the PSNR (peak signal to noise ratio) for the whole video after encoding and store  the  per
              frame PSNR in a file with a name like 'psnr_hhmmss.log'.  Returned values are in dB (decibel), the
              higher the better.

       mpeg_quant
              Use MPEG quantizers instead of H.263.

       aic
              Enable AC prediction for MPEG-4 or advanced  intra  prediction  for  H.263+.   This  will  improve
              quality very slightly (around 0.02 dB PSNR) and slow down encoding very slightly (about 1%).
              NOTE: vqmin should be 8 or larger for H.263+ AIC.

       aiv
              alternative inter vlc for H.263+

       umv
              unlimited MVs (H.263+ only) Allows encoding of arbitrarily long MVs.

       ibias=<-256-256>
              intra  quantizer  bias  (256  equals  1.0, MPEG style quantizer default: 96, H.263 style quantizer
              default: 0)
              NOTE: The H.263 MMX quantizer cannot handle positive biases (set  vfdct=1  or  2),  the  MPEG  MMX
              quantizer cannot handle negative biases (set vfdct=1 or 2).

       pbias=<-256-256>
              inter  quantizer  bias  (256  equals  1.0,  MPEG style quantizer default: 0, H.263 style quantizer
              default: -64)
              NOTE: The H.263 MMX quantizer cannot handle positive biases (set  vfdct=1  or  2),  the  MPEG  MMX
              quantizer cannot handle negative biases (set vfdct=1 or 2).
              HINT: A more positive bias (-32 - -16 instead of -64) seems to improve the PSNR.

       nr=<0-100000>
              Noise  reduction, 0 means disabled.  0-600 is a useful range for typical content, but you may want
              to turn it up a bit more for very noisy content (default: 0).  Given its small  impact  on  speed,
              you  might  want to prefer to use this over filtering noise away with video filters like denoise3d
              or hqdn3d.

       qns=<0-3>
              Quantizer noise shaping.  Rather than choosing quantization to most closely match the source video
              in  the  PSNR  sense,  it chooses quantization such that noise (usually ringing) will be masked by
              similar-frequency content in the image.  Larger values are slower but may  not  result  in  better
              quality.   This  can  and  should  be  used  together with trellis quantization, in which case the
              trellis quantization (optimal for constant weight) will be used as startpoint  for  the  iterative
              search.
                 0    disabled (default)
                 1    Only lower the absolute value of coefficients.
                 2    Only change coefficients before the last non-zero coefficient + 1.
                 3    Try all.

       inter_matrix=<comma separated matrix>
              Use custom inter matrix.  It needs a comma separated string of 64 integers.

       intra_matrix=<comma separated matrix>
              Use custom intra matrix.  It needs a comma separated string of 64 integers.

       vqmod_amp
              experimental quantizer modulation

       vqmod_freq
              experimental quantizer modulation

       dc
              intra DC precision in bits (default: 8).  If you specify vcodec=mpeg2video this value can be 8, 9,
              10 or 11.

       cgop (also see sc_threshold)
              Close  all  GOPs.   Currently  it   only   works   if   scene   change   detection   is   disabled
              (sc_threshold=1000000000).

       gmc
              Enable Global Motion Compensation.

       (no)lowdelay
              Sets the low delay flag for MPEG-1/2 (disables B-frames).

       vglobal=<0-3>
              Control writing global video headers.
                 0    Codec decides where to write global headers (default).
                 1    Write global headers only in extradata (needed for .mp4/MOV/NUT).
                 2    Write global headers only in front of keyframes.
                 3    Combine 1 and 2.

       aglobal=<0-3>
              Same as vglobal for audio headers.

       level=<value>
              Set CodecContext Level.  Use 31 or 41 to play video on a Playstation 3.

       skip_exp=<0-1000000>
              FIXME: Document this.

       skip_factor=<0-1000000>
              FIXME: Document this.

       skip_threshold=<0-1000000>
              FIXME: Document this.

   nuv (-nuvopts)
       Nuppel  video  is  based  on  RTJPEG  and  LZO.  By default frames are first encoded with RTJPEG and then
       compressed with LZO, but it is possible to disable either or both of the two passes.  As  a  result,  you
       can in fact output raw i420, LZO compressed i420, RTJPEG, or the default LZO compressed RTJPEG.
       NOTE:  The  nuvrec documentation contains some advice and examples about the settings to use for the most
       common TV encodings.

       c=<0-20>
              chrominance threshold (default: 1)

       l=<0-20>
              luminance threshold (default: 1)

       lzo
              Enable LZO compression (default).

       nolzo
              Disable LZO compression.

       q=<3-255>
              quality level (default: 255)

       raw
              Disable RTJPEG encoding.

       rtjpeg
              Enable RTJPEG encoding (default).

   xvidenc (-xvidencopts)
       There are three modes available: constant bitrate (CBR), fixed quantizer and two pass.

       pass=<1|2>
              Specify the pass in two pass mode.

       turbo (two pass only)
              Dramatically speeds up pass one using faster algorithms and disabling CPU-intensive options.  This
              will  probably  reduce global PSNR a little bit and change individual frame type and PSNR a little
              bit more.

       bitrate=<value> (CBR or two pass mode)
              Sets the bitrate to be used in kbits/second if <16000 or in bits/second if >16000.  If <value>  is
              negative, Xvid will use its absolute value as the target size (in kBytes) of the video and compute
              the associated bitrate automagically (default: 687 kbits/s).

       fixed_quant=<1-31>
              Switch to fixed quantizer mode and specify the quantizer to be used.

       zones=<zone0>[/<zone1>[/...]] (CBR or two pass mode)
              User specified  quality  for  specific  parts  (ending,  credits,  ...).   Each  zone  is  <start-
              frame>,<mode>,<value> where <mode> may be
                 q    Constant quantizer override, where value=<2.0-31.0> represents the quantizer value.
                 w    Ratecontrol  weight override, where value=<0.01-2.00> represents the quality correction in
                      %.

              EXAMPLE:
                 zones=90000,q,20
                      Encodes all frames starting with frame 90000 at constant quantizer 20.
                 zones=0,w,0.1/10001,w,1.0/90000,q,20
                      Encode frames 0-10000 at 10% bitrate, encode frames  90000  up  to  the  end  at  constant
                      quantizer  20.   Note that the second zone is needed to delimit the first zone, as without
                      it everything up until frame 89999 would be encoded at 10% bitrate.

       me_quality=<0-6>
              This option controls the motion estimation subsystem.  The higher the value, the more precise  the
              estimation  should  be (default: 6).  The more precise the motion estimation is, the more bits can
              be saved.  Precision is gained at the expense of CPU time so decrease this  setting  if  you  need
              realtime encoding.

       (no)qpel
              MPEG-4 uses a half pixel precision for its motion search by default.  The standard proposes a mode
              where encoders are allowed to use quarter pixel precision.   This  option  usually  results  in  a
              sharper  image.   Unfortunately  it has a great impact on bitrate and sometimes the higher bitrate
              use will prevent it from giving a better image quality at a fixed bitrate.  It is better  to  test
              with and without this option and see whether it is worth activating.

       (no)gmc
              Enable Global Motion Compensation, which makes Xvid generate special frames (GMC-frames) which are
              well suited for Pan/Zoom/Rotating images.  Whether or not the use of this option will save bits is
              highly dependent on the source material.

       (no)trellis
              Trellis  Quantization  is  a  kind  of  adaptive  quantization method that saves bits by modifying
              quantized coefficients to make them more compressible by  the  entropy  encoder.   Its  impact  on
              quality  is  good, and if VHQ uses too much CPU for you, this setting can be a good alternative to
              save a few bits (and gain quality at fixed bitrate) at a lesser cost than with VHQ (default: on).

       (no)cartoon
              Activate this if your encoded sequence is  an  anime/cartoon.   It  modifies  some  Xvid  internal
              thresholds  so  Xvid  takes  better  decisions  on frame types and motion vectors for flat looking
              cartoons.

       (no)chroma_me
              The usual motion estimation algorithm uses only the luminance information to find the best  motion
              vector.   However  for  some video material, using the chroma planes can help find better vectors.
              This setting toggles the use of chroma planes for motion estimation (default: on).

       (no)chroma_opt
              Enable a chroma optimizer prefilter.  It will do some extra magic on color information to minimize
              the  stepped-stairs  effect  on edges.  It will improve quality at the cost of encoding speed.  It
              reduces PSNR by nature, as the mathematical deviation to the original picture will get bigger, but
              the subjective image quality will raise.  Since it works with color information, you might want to
              turn it off when encoding in grayscale.

       (no)hq_ac
              Activates high-quality prediction of  AC  coefficients  for  intra  frames  from  neighbor  blocks
              (default: on).

       vhq=<0-4>
              The  motion  search  algorithm  is based on a search in the usual color domain and tries to find a
              motion vector that minimizes the difference between the reference frame  and  the  encoded  frame.
              With  this setting activated, Xvid will also use the frequency domain (DCT) to search for a motion
              vector that minimizes not only the spatial difference but also the encoding length of  the  block.
              Fastest to slowest:
                 0    off
                 1    mode decision (inter/intra MB) (default)
                 2    limited search
                 3    medium search
                 4    wide search

       (no)lumi_mask
              Adaptive  quantization  allows  the  macroblock  quantizers  to vary inside each frame.  This is a
              'psychosensory' setting that is supposed to make use of the fact  that  the  human  eye  tends  to
              notice fewer details in very bright and very dark parts of the picture.  It compresses those areas
              more strongly than medium ones, which will save bits that can be  spent  again  on  other  frames,
              raising overall subjective quality and possibly reducing PSNR.

       (no)grayscale
              Make  Xvid  discard chroma planes so the encoded video is grayscale only.  Note that this does not
              speed up encoding, it just prevents chroma data from being written in the last stage of encoding.

       (no)interlacing
              Encode the fields of interlaced video material.  Turn this option on for interlaced content.
              NOTE: Should you rescale the video, you would need  an  interlace-aware  resizer,  which  you  can
              activate with -vf scale=<width>:<height>:1.

       min_iquant=<0-31>
              minimum I-frame quantizer (default: 2)

       max_iquant=<0-31>
              maximum I-frame quantizer (default: 31)

       min_pquant=<0-31>
              minimum P-frame quantizer (default: 2)

       max_pquant=<0-31>
              maximum P-frame quantizer (default: 31)

       min_bquant=<0-31>
              minimum B-frame quantizer (default: 2)

       max_bquant=<0-31>
              maximum B-frame quantizer (default: 31)

       min_key_interval=<value> (two pass only)
              minimum interval between keyframes (default: 0)

       max_key_interval=<value>
              maximum interval between keyframes (default: 10*fps)

       quant_type=<h263|mpeg>
              Sets  the  type  of  quantizer  to  use.   For high bitrates, you will find that MPEG quantization
              preserves more detail.  For low bitrates, the smoothing of H.263 will give you less  block  noise.
              When using custom matrices, MPEG quantization must be used.

       quant_intra_matrix=<filename>
              Load a custom intra matrix file.  You can build such a file with xvid4conf's matrix editor.

       quant_inter_matrix=<filename>
              Load a custom inter matrix file.  You can build such a file with xvid4conf's matrix editor.

       keyframe_boost=<0-1000> (two pass mode only)
              Shift  some  bits  from  the  pool  for other frame types to intra frames, thus improving keyframe
              quality.  This amount is an extra percentage, so a value of 10 will give your keyframes  10%  more
              bits than normal (default: 0).

       kfthreshold=<value> (two pass mode only)
              Works  together  with  kfreduction.  Determines the minimum distance below which you consider that
              two frames are considered consecutive and treated differently according to  kfreduction  (default:
              10).

       kfreduction=<0-100> (two pass mode only)
              The  above two settings can be used to adjust the size of keyframes that you consider too close to
              the first (in a row).  kfthreshold sets the range in which keyframes are reduced, and  kfreduction
              determines  the  bitrate reduction they get.  The last I-frame will get treated normally (default:
              30).

       max_bframes=<0-4>
              Maximum number of B-frames to put between I/P-frames (default: 2).

       bquant_ratio=<0-1000>
              quantizer ratio between B- and non-B-frames, 150=1.50 (default: 150)

       bquant_offset=<-1000-1000>
              quantizer offset between B- and non-B-frames, 100=1.00 (default: 100)

       bf_threshold=<-255-255>
              This setting allows you to specify what priority to place on the use of B-frames.  The higher  the
              value,  the  higher  the  probability  of B-frames being used (default: 0).  Do not forget that B-
              frames usually have a higher quantizer, and therefore aggressive production of B-frames may  cause
              worse visual quality.

       (no)closed_gop
              This option tells Xvid to close every GOP (Group Of Pictures bounded by two I-frames), which makes
              GOPs independent from each other.  This just implies that the last frame of the GOP is either a P-
              frame  or a N-frame but not a B-frame.  It is usually a good idea to turn this option on (default:
              on).

       (no)packed
              This option is meant to solve frame-order issues when encoding to container formats like AVI  that
              cannot cope with out-of-order frames.  In practice, most decoders (both software and hardware) are
              able to deal with frame-order themselves, and may get confused when this option is turned  on,  so
              you can safely leave if off, unless you really know what you are doing.
              WARNING: This will generate an illegal bitstream, and will not be decodable by ISO-MPEG-4 decoders
              except DivX/libavcodec/Xvid.
              WARNING: This will also store a fake DivX version in the file so the  bug  autodetection  of  some
              decoders might be confused.

       frame_drop_ratio=<0-100> (max_bframes=0 only)
              This  setting  allows  the creation of variable framerate video streams.  The value of the setting
              specifies a threshold under which, if the difference of the following frame to the previous  frame
              is  below  or  equal to this threshold, a frame gets not coded (a so called n-vop is placed in the
              stream).  On playback, when reaching an n-vop the previous frame will be displayed.
              WARNING: Playing with this setting may result in a jerky video, so use it at your own risks!

       rc_reaction_delay_factor=<value>
              This parameter controls the number of frames the CBR rate controller will wait before reacting  to
              bitrate  changes and compensating for them to obtain a constant bitrate over an averaging range of
              frames.

       rc_averaging_period=<value>
              Real CBR is hard to achieve.  Depending on the video material, bitrate can be variable,  and  hard
              to  predict.   Therefore  Xvid  uses an averaging period for which it guarantees a given amount of
              bits (minus a small variation).  This settings expresses the "number of  frames"  for  which  Xvid
              averages bitrate and tries to achieve CBR.

       rc_buffer=<value>
              size of the rate control buffer

       curve_compression_high=<0-100>
              This  setting  allows  Xvid to take a certain percentage of bits away from high bitrate scenes and
              give them back to the bit reservoir.  You could also use this if you have a clip with so many bits
              allocated to high-bitrate scenes that the low(er)-bitrate scenes start to look bad (default: 0).

       curve_compression_low=<0-100>
              This  setting  allows  Xvid  to give a certain percentage of extra bits to the low bitrate scenes,
              taking a few bits from the entire clip.  This might come in handy if you have  a  few  low-bitrate
              scenes that are still blocky (default: 0).

       overflow_control_strength=<0-100>
              During  pass one of two pass encoding, a scaled bitrate curve is computed.  The difference between
              that expected curve and the result obtained during encoding is called  overflow.   Obviously,  the
              two  pass  rate  controller  tries  to compensate for that overflow, distributing it over the next
              frames.  This setting controls how much of the overflow is distributed every time there is  a  new
              frame.   Low  values  allow lazy overflow control, big rate bursts are compensated for more slowly
              (could lead to lack of precision for small  clips).   Higher  values  will  make  changes  in  bit
              redistribution  more  abrupt,  possibly  too  abrupt  if  you  set it too high, creating artifacts
              (default: 5).
              NOTE: This setting impacts quality a lot, play with it carefully!

       max_overflow_improvement=<0-100>
              During the frame bit allocation, overflow control may increase the  frame  size.   This  parameter
              specifies  the  maximum  percentage by which the overflow control is allowed to increase the frame
              size, compared to the ideal curve allocation (default: 5).

       max_overflow_degradation=<0-100>
              During the frame bit allocation, overflow control may decrease the  frame  size.   This  parameter
              specifies  the  maximum  percentage by which the overflow control is allowed to decrease the frame
              size, compared to the ideal curve allocation (default: 5).

       container_frame_overhead=<0...>
              Specifies a frame average overhead per frame, in bytes.  Most of  the  time  users  express  their
              target bitrate for video w/o taking care of the video container overhead.  This small but (mostly)
              constant overhead can cause the target file size to be exceeded.  Xvid allows  users  to  set  the
              amount  of  overhead  per frame the container generates (give only an average per frame).  0 has a
              special meaning, it lets Xvid use its own default values (default: 24 - AVI average overhead).

       profile=<profile_name>
              Restricts options and VBV (peak bitrate over a short period) according  to  the  Simple,  Advanced
              Simple  and DivX profiles.  The resulting videos should be playable on standalone players adhering
              to these profile specifications.
                 unrestricted
                      no restrictions (default)
                 sp0
                      simple profile at level 0
                 sp1
                      simple profile at level 1
                 sp2
                      simple profile at level 2
                 sp3
                      simple profile at level 3
                 sp4a
                      simple profile at level 4a
                 sp5
                      simple profile at level 5
                 sp6
                      simple profile at level 6
                 asp0
                      advanced simple profile at level 0
                 asp1
                      advanced simple profile at level 1
                 asp2
                      advanced simple profile at level 2
                 asp3
                      advanced simple profile at level 3
                 asp4
                      advanced simple profile at level 4
                 asp5
                      advanced simple profile at level 5
                 dxnhandheld
                      DXN handheld profile
                 dxnportntsc
                      DXN portable NTSC profile
                 dxnportpal
                      DXN portable PAL profile
                 dxnhtntsc
                      DXN home theater NTSC profile
                 dxnhtpal
                      DXN home theater PAL profile
                 dxnhdtv
                      DXN HDTV profile
              NOTE: These profiles should be used in conjunction with an appropriate -ffourcc.   Generally  DX50
              is applicable, as some players do not recognize Xvid but most recognize DivX.

       par=<mode>
              Specifies  the  Pixel  Aspect  Ratio mode (not to be confused with DAR, the Display Aspect Ratio).
              PAR is the ratio of the width and height of a single pixel.  So both are related like this: DAR  =
              PAR * (width/height).
              MPEG-4  defines  5  pixel  aspect ratios and one extended one, giving the opportunity to specify a
              specific pixel aspect ratio.  5 standard modes can be specified:
                 vga11
                      It is the usual PAR for PC content.  Pixels are a square unit.
                 pal43
                      PAL standard 4:3 PAR.  Pixels are rectangles.
                 pal169
                      same as above
                 ntsc43
                      same as above
                 ntsc169
                      same as above (Do not forget to give the exact ratio.)
                 ext
                      Allows you to specify your own pixel aspect ratio with par_width and par_height.
              NOTE: In general, setting aspect and autoaspect options is enough.

       par_width=<1-255> (par=ext only)
              Specifies the width of the custom pixel aspect ratio.

       par_height=<1-255> (par=ext only)
              Specifies the height of the custom pixel aspect ratio.

       aspect=<x/y | f (float value)>
              Store movie aspect internally, just like MPEG files.  Much nicer solution than rescaling,  because
              quality  is  not  decreased.   MPlayer  and  a few others players will play these files correctly,
              others will display them with the wrong aspect.  The aspect parameter can be given as a ratio or a
              floating point number.

       (no)autoaspect
              Same  as  the  aspect  option,  but  automatically  computes  aspect,  taking into account all the
              adjustments (crop/expand/scale/etc.) made in the filter chain.

       psnr
              Print the PSNR (peak signal to noise ratio) for the whole video after encoding and store  the  per
              frame PSNR in a file with a name like 'psnr_hhmmss.log' in the current directory.  Returned values
              are in dB (decibel), the higher the better.

       debug
              Save per-frame statistics in ./xvid.dbg. (This is not the two pass control file.)

       The following options are only available in Xvid 1.1.x and later.

       bvhq=<0|1>
              This setting allows vector candidates for B-frames to be used for the encoding chosen using a rate
              distortion  optimized  operator,  which  is  what  is  done  for P-frames by the vhq option.  This
              produces nicer-looking B-frames while incurring almost no performance penalty (default: 1).

       vbv_bufsize=<0...> (two pass mode only)
              Specify the video buffering verifier (VBV) buffer size in bits (default: 0 - VBV check  disabled).
              VBV  allows  restricting  peak  bitrate  to make the video play properly on hardware players.  For
              example, the Home profile uses vbv_bufsize=3145728.  If you set vbv_bufsize you  should  set  also
              vbv_maxrate.  Note that there is no vbv_peakrate because Xvid does not actually use it for bitrate
              controlling; the other VBV options are enough to restrict the peak bitrate.

       vbv_initial=<0...vbv_bufsize> (two pass mode only)
              Specify the initial fill of the VBV buffer in bits (default: 75% of vbv_bufsize).  The default  is
              probably what you want.

       vbv_maxrate=<0...> (two pass mode only)
              Specify  the  maximum  processing rate in bits/s (default: 0).  For example, the Home profile uses
              vbv_maxrate=4854000.

       The following option is only available in Xvid 1.2.x and later.

       threads=<0-n>
              Create n threads to run the motion estimation (default: 0).  The maximum number  of  threads  that
              can be used is the picture height divided by 16.

   x264enc (-x264encopts)
       bitrate=<value>
              Sets the average bitrate to be used in kbits/second (default: off).  Since local bitrate may vary,
              this average may be inaccurate for very short videos  (see  ratetol).   Constant  bitrate  can  be
              achieved by combining this with vbv_maxrate, at significant reduction in quality.

       qp=<0-51>
              This  selects  the  quantizer  to use for P-frames.  I- and B-frames are offset from this value by
              ip_factor and pb_factor, respectively.  20-40 is a useful range.  Lower values  result  in  better
              fidelity,  but higher bitrates.  0 is lossless.  Note that quantization in H.264 works differently
              from MPEG-1/2/4: H.264's quantization parameter (QP) is on a logarithmic scale.   The  mapping  is
              approximately  H264QP  = 12 + 6*log2(MPEGQP).  For example, MPEG at QP=2 is equivalent to H.264 at
              QP=18.  Generally, this option should be avoided and crf should be used instead as crf will  yield
              better visual results for the same size.

       crf=<1.0-50.0>
              Enables  constant  quality  mode,  and selects the quality.  The scale is similar to QP.  Like the
              bitrate-based modes, this allows each frame to use a different QP based on the frame's complexity.
              This option should generally be used instead of qp.

       crf_max=<float>
              With CRF and VBV, limit RF to this value (may cause VBV underflows!).

       pass=<1-3>
              Enable  2 or 3-pass mode.  It is recommended to always encode in 2 or 3-pass mode as it leads to a
              better bit distribution and improves overall quality.
                 1    first pass
                 2    second pass (of two pass encoding)
                 3    Nth pass (second and third passes of three pass encoding)
              Here is how it works, and how to use it:
              The first pass (pass=1) collects statistics on the video and writes them to  a  file.   You  might
              want to deactivate some CPU-hungry options, apart from the ones that are on by default.
              In  two  pass  mode,  the  second  pass  (pass=2)  reads the statistics file and bases ratecontrol
              decisions on it.
              In three pass mode, the second pass (pass=3, that is not a typo) does both:  It  first  reads  the
              statistics,  then  overwrites  them.   You  can  use  all encoding options, except very CPU-hungry
              options.
              The third pass (pass=3) is the same as the second pass,  except  that  it  has  the  second  pass'
              statistics to work from.  You can use all encoding options, including CPU-hungry ones.
              The first pass may use either average bitrate or constant quantizer.  ABR is recommended, since it
              does not require guessing a quantizer.  Subsequent passes are ABR, and must specify bitrate.

       profile=<name>
              Constrain options to be compatible with an H.264 profile.
                 baseline
                      no8x8dct bframes=0 nocabac cqm=flat weightp=0 nointerlaced qp>0
                 main no8x8dct cqm=flat qp>0
                 high qp>0 (default)

       preset=<name>
              Use a preset to select encoding settings.
                 ultrafast
                      no8x8dct  aq_mode=0   b_adapt=0   bframes=0   nodeblock   nombtree   me=dia   nomixed_refs
                      partitions=none ref=1 scenecut=0 subq=0 trellis=0 noweight_b weightp=0
                 superfast
                      nombtree me=dia nomixed_refs partitions=i8x8,i4x4 ref=1 subq=1 trellis=0 weightp=0
                 veryfast
                      nombtree nomixed_refs ref=1 subq=2 trellis=0 weightp=0
                 faster
                      nomixed_refs rc_lookahead=20 ref=5 subq=4 weightp=1
                 fast rc_lookahead=30 ref=2 subq=6
                 medium
                      Default settings apply.
                 slow b_adapt=2 direct=auto me=umh rc_lookahead=50 ref=5 subq=8
                 slower
                      b_adapt=2 direct=auto me=umh partitions=all rc_lookahead=60 ref=8 subq=9 trellis=2
                 veryslow
                      b_adapt=2   b_frames=8   direct=auto  me=umh  me_range=24  partitions=all  ref=16  subq=10
                      trellis=2 rc_lookahead=60
                 placebo
                      bframes=16  b_adapt=2  direct=auto   nofast_pskip   me=tesa   me_range=24   partitions=all
                      rc_lookahead=60 ref=16 subq=10 trellis=2

       tune=<name,[name,...]>
              Tune the settings for a particular type of source or situation.  All tuned settings are overridden
              by explicit user-settings.  Multiple tunings are separated by commas, but only one psy tuning  can
              be used at a time.
                 film (psy tuning)
                      deblock=-1,-1 psy-rd=<unset>,0.15
                 animation (psy tuning)
                      b_frames={+2} deblock=1,1 psy-rd=0.4:<unset> aq_strength=0.6 ref={double if >1 else 1}
                 grain (psy tuning)
                      aq_strength=0.5 nodct_decimate deadzone_inter=6 deadzone_intra=6 deblock=-2,-2 ipratio=1.1
                      pbratio=1.1 psy-rd=<unset>,0.25 qcomp=0.8
                 stillimage (psy tuning)
                      aq_strength=1.2 deblock=-3,-3 psy-rd=2.0,0.7
                 psnr (psy tuning)
                      aq_mode=0 nopsy
                 ssim (psy tuning)
                      aq_mode=2 nopsy
                 fastdecode
                      nocabac nodeblock noweight_b weightp=0
                 zerolatency
                      bframes=0 force_cfr rc_lookahead=0 sync_lookahead=0 sliced_threads

       slow_firstpass
              Disables the following faster options with pass=1: no_8x8dct me=dia partitions=none ref=1  subq={2
              if  >2  else unchanged} trellis=0 fast_pskip.  These settings significantly improve encoding speed
              while having little or no impact on the quality of the final pass.
              This option is implied with preset=placebo.

       keyint=<value>
              Sets maximum interval between IDR-frames (default: 250).  Larger values save  bits,  thus  improve
              quality,  at  the  cost  of  seeking precision.  Unlike MPEG-1/2/4, H.264 does not suffer from DCT
              drift with large values of keyint.

       keyint_min=<1-keyint/2>
              Sets minimum interval between  IDR-frames  (default:  auto).   If  scenecuts  appear  within  this
              interval,  they  are still encoded as I-frames, but do not start a new GOP.  In H.264, I-frames do
              not necessarily bound a closed GOP because it is allowable for a P-frame to be predicted from more
              frames  than  just  the  one  frame  before  it  (also see frameref).  Therefore, I-frames are not
              necessarily seekable.  IDR-frames restrict subsequent P-frames from referring to any  frame  prior
              to the IDR-frame.

       scenecut=<-1-100>
              Controls  how aggressively to insert extra I-frames (default: 40).  With small values of scenecut,
              the codec often has to force an I-frame when it would exceed keyint.  Good values of scenecut  may
              find  a  better  location  for  the  I-frame.  Large values use more I-frames than necessary, thus
              wasting bits.  -1 disables scene-cut detection, so I-frames are inserted  only  once  every  other
              keyint  frames, even if a scene-cut occurs earlier.  This is not recommended and wastes bitrate as
              scenecuts encoded as P-frames are just as big as I-frames, but do not reset the "keyint counter".

       (no)intra_refresh
              Periodic intra block refresh instead of keyframes (default: disabled).  This option disables  IDR-
              frames,  and,  instead, uses a moving vertical bar of intra-coded blocks. This reduces compression
              efficiency but benefits low-latency streaming and resilience to packet loss.

       frameref=<1-16>
              Number of previous frames used as predictors in B- and P-frames (default: 3).  This  is  effective
              in anime, but in live-action material the improvements usually drop off very rapidly above 6 or so
              reference frames.  This has no effect on decoding speed, but does increase the memory  needed  for
              decoding.  Some decoders can only handle a maximum of 15 reference frames.

       bframes=<0-16>
              maximum number of consecutive B-frames between I- and P-frames (default: 3)

       (no)b_adapt
              Automatically  decides  when  to  use  B-frames  and  how  many, up to the maximum specified above
              (default: on).  If this option is disabled, then the maximum number of B-frames is used.

       b_bias=<-100-100>
              Controls the decision performed by b_adapt.  A higher b_bias produces more B-frames (default: 0).

       b_pyramid=<normal|strict|none>
              Allows B-frames to be used as references for predicting other frames.   For  example,  consider  3
              consecutive  B-frames:  I0  B1 B2 B3 P4.  Without this option, B-frames follow the same pattern as
              MPEG-[124].  So they are coded in the order I0 P4 B1 B2 B3, and all  the  B-frames  are  predicted
              from I0 and P4.  With this option, they are coded as I0 P4 B2 B1 B3.  B2 is the same as above, but
              B1 is predicted from I0 and B2, and B3 is predicted from B2  and  P4.   This  usually  results  in
              slightly  improved compression, at almost no speed cost.  However, this is an experimental option:
              it is not fully tuned and may not always help.  Requires bframes >=  2.   Disadvantage:  increases
              decoding delay to 2 frames.
                 normal
                      Allow B-frames as references as described above (not Blu-ray compatible).
                 strict
                      Disallow  P-frames referencing B-frames. Gives worse compression, but is required for Blu-
                      ray compatibility.
                 none
                      Disable using B-frames as references.

       (no)open_gop
              Use recovery points to close GOPs; only available with bframes.

       (no)bluray_compat
              Enable compatibility hacks for Blu-Ray support.

       (no)fake_interlaced
              Flag stream as interlaced but encode progressive. Makes it posssible to encode 25p and 30p Blu-Ray
              streams. Ignored in interlaced mode.

       frame_packing=<0-5>
              Define frame arrangement for stereoscopic videos.
                 0    Checkerboard - pixels are alternately from L and R.
                 1    Column alternation - L and R are interlaced by column.
                 2    Row alternation - L and R are interlaced by row.
                 3    Side by side - L is on the left, R is on the right.
                 4    Top-bottom - L is on top, R is on the bottom.
                 5    Frame alternation - one view per frame.

       (no)deblock
              Use  deblocking  filter (default: on).  As it takes very little time compared to its quality gain,
              it is not recommended to disable it.

       deblock=<-6-6>,<-6-6>
              The first parameter is AlphaC0 (default: 0).   This  adjusts  thresholds  for  the  H.264  in-loop
              deblocking  filter.  First, this parameter adjusts the maximum amount of change that the filter is
              allowed to cause on any one pixel.  Secondly, this parameter affects the threshold for  difference
              across  the  edge being filtered.  A positive value reduces blocking artifacts more, but will also
              smear details.
              The second parameter is Beta (default: 0).  This affects  the  detail  threshold.   Very  detailed
              blocks  are  not  filtered, since the smoothing caused by the filter would be more noticeable than
              the original blocking.
              The default behavior of the filter almost always achieves optimal quality, so it is best to either
              leave it alone, or make only small adjustments.  However, if your source material already has some
              blocking or noise which you would like to remove, it may be a good idea to turn  it  up  a  little
              bit.

       (no)cabac
              Use CABAC (Context-Adaptive Binary Arithmetic Coding) (default: on).  Slightly slows down encoding
              and decoding, but should save 10-15% bitrate.  Unless you are  looking  for  decoding  speed,  you
              should not disable it.

       qp_min=<1-51> (ABR or two pass)
              Minimum quantizer, 10-30 seems to be a useful range (default: 10).

       qp_max=<1-51> (ABR or two pass)
              maximum quantizer (default: 51)

       qp_step=<1-50> (ABR or two pass)
              maximum value by which the quantizer may be incremented/decremented between frames (default: 4)

       (no)mbtree
              Enable  macroblock  tree  ratecontrol (default: enabled).  Use a large lookahead to track temporal
              propagation of data and weight quality accordingly.  In multi-pass mode, this writes to a separate
              stats file named <passlogfile>.mbtree.

       rc_lookahead=<0-250>
              Adjust  the  mbtree lookahead distance (default: 40).  Larger values will be slower and cause x264
              to consume more memory, but can yield higher quality.

       ratetol=<0.1-100.0> (ABR or two pass)
              allowed variance in average bitrate (no particular units) (default: 1.0)

       vbv_maxrate=<value> (ABR or two pass)
              maximum local bitrate, in kbits/second (default: disabled)

       vbv_bufsize=<value> (ABR or two pass)
              averaging period for vbv_maxrate, in kbits (default: none, must be  specified  if  vbv_maxrate  is
              enabled)

       vbv_init=<0.0-1.0> (ABR or two pass)
              initial buffer occupancy, as a fraction of vbv_bufsize (default: 0.9)

       ip_factor=<value>
              quantizer factor between I- and P-frames (default: 1.4)

       pb_factor=<value>
              quantizer factor between P- and B-frames (default: 1.3)

       qcomp=<0-1> (ABR or two pass)
              quantizer  compression  (default:  0.6).   A  lower value makes the bitrate more constant, while a
              higher value makes the quantization parameter more constant.

       cplx_blur=<0-999> (two pass only)
              Temporal blur of the estimated frame complexity, before curve compression  (default:  20).   Lower
              values  allow  the  quantizer  value  to  jump  around  more,  higher values force it to vary more
              smoothly.  cplx_blur ensures that each I-frame has quality comparable to the  following  P-frames,
              and  ensures that alternating high and low complexity frames (e.g. low fps animation) do not waste
              bits on fluctuating quantizer.

       qblur=<0-99> (two pass only)
              Temporal blur of the quantization parameter, after curve compression (default: 0.5).  Lower values
              allow the quantizer value to jump around more, higher values force it to vary more smoothly.

       zones=<zone0>[/<zone1>[/...]]
              User  specified  quality  for  specific  parts  (ending,  credits,  ...).   Each  zone  is <start-
              frame>,<end-frame>,<option> where option may be
                 q=<0-51>
                      quantizer
                 b=<0.01-100.0>
                      bitrate multiplier
              NOTE: The quantizer option is not strictly enforced.   It  affects  only  the  planning  stage  of
              ratecontrol, and is still subject to overflow compensation and qp_min/qp_max.

       direct_pred=<name>
              Determines the type of motion prediction used for direct macroblocks in B-frames.
                 none Direct macroblocks are not used.
                 spatial
                      Motion vectors are extrapolated from neighboring blocks.  (default)
                 temporal
                      Motion vectors are extrapolated from the following P-frame.
                 auto The codec selects between spatial and temporal for each frame.
              Spatial and temporal are approximately the same speed and PSNR, the choice between them depends on
              the video content.  Auto is slightly better, but slower.  Auto is  most  effective  when  combined
              with multipass.  direct_pred=none is both slower and lower quality.

       weightp
              Weighted P-frame prediction mode (default: 2).
                 0    disabled (fastest)
                 1    weighted refs (better quality)
                 2    weighted refs + duplicates (best)

       (no)weight_b
              Use  weighted  prediction in B-frames.  Without this option, bidirectionally predicted macroblocks
              give equal weight to each reference frame.  With this option, the weights are  determined  by  the
              temporal position of the B-frame relative to the references.  Requires bframes > 1.

       partitions=<list>
              Enable some optional macroblock types (default: p8x8,b8x8,i8x8,i4x4).
                 p8x8 Enable types p16x8, p8x16, p8x8.
                 p4x4 Enable  types  p8x4, p4x8, p4x4.  p4x4 is recommended only with subq >= 5, and only at low
                      resolutions.
                 b8x8 Enable types b16x8, b8x16, b8x8.
                 i8x8 Enable type i8x8.  i8x8 has no effect unless 8x8dct is enabled.
                 i4x4 Enable type i4x4.
                 all  Enable all of the above types.
                 none Disable all of the above types.
              Regardless of this option, macroblock types p16x16, b16x16, and i16x16 are always enabled.
              The idea is to find the type and size that best describe a  certain  area  of  the  picture.   For
              example, a global pan is better represented by 16x16 blocks, while small moving objects are better
              represented by smaller blocks.

       (no)8x8dct
              Adaptive spatial transform size: allows macroblocks to choose  between  4x4  and  8x8  DCT.   Also
              allows the i8x8 macroblock type.  Without this option, only 4x4 DCT is used.

       me=<name>
              Select fullpixel motion estimation algorithm.
                 dia  diamond search, radius 1 (fast)
                 hex  hexagon search, radius 2 (default)
                 umh  uneven multi-hexagon search (slow)
                 esa  exhaustive search (very slow, and no better than umh)

       me_range=<4-64>
              radius of exhaustive or multi-hexagon motion search (default: 16)

       subq=<0-11>
              Adjust subpel refinement quality.  This parameter controls quality versus speed tradeoffs involved
              in the motion estimation decision process.  subq=5 can compress up to 10% better than subq=1.
                 0    Runs fullpixel precision motion  estimation  on  all  candidate  macroblock  types.   Then
                      selects  the  best type with SAD metric (faster than subq=1, not recommended unless you're
                      looking for ultra-fast encoding).
                 1    Does as 0, then refines the motion of that type to fast quarterpixel precision (fast).
                 2    Runs halfpixel precision motion  estimation  on  all  candidate  macroblock  types.   Then
                      selects  the  best  type  with  SATD metric.  Then refines the motion of that type to fast
                      quarterpixel precision.
                 3    As 2, but uses a slower quarterpixel refinement.
                 4    Runs fast quarterpixel precision motion estimation  on  all  candidate  macroblock  types.
                      Then  selects  the  best type with SATD metric.  Then finishes the quarterpixel refinement
                      for that type.
                 5    Runs best quality quarterpixel precision motion estimation  on  all  candidate  macroblock
                      types,  before  selecting  the  best  type.   Also  refines the two motion vectors used in
                      bidirectional macroblocks with SATD metric, rather than reusing vectors from  the  forward
                      and backward searches.
                 6    Enables rate-distortion optimization of macroblock types in I- and P-frames.
                 7    Enables rate-distortion optimization of macroblock types in all frames (default).
                 8    Enables  rate-distortion  optimization  of motion vectors and intra prediction modes in I-
                      and P-frames.
                 9    Enables rate-distortion optimization of motion vectors and intra prediction modes  in  all
                      frames.
                 10   QP-RD; requires trellis=2 and aq_mode=1 or higher (best).
                 11   Full RD; disable all early terminations.
              In  the  above,  "all candidates" does not exactly mean all enabled types: 4x4, 4x8, 8x4 are tried
              only if 8x8 is better than 16x16.

       (no)chroma_me
              Takes into account chroma information during subpixel motion search (default: enabled).   Requires
              subq>=5.

       (no)mixed_refs
              Allows  each 8x8 or 16x8 motion partition to independently select a reference frame.  Without this
              option, a whole macroblock must use the same reference.  Requires frameref>1.

       trellis=<0-2> (cabac only)
              rate-distortion optimal quantization
                 0    disabled
                 1    enabled only for the final encode (default)
                 2    enabled during all mode decisions (slow, requires subq>=6)

       psy-rd=rd[,trell]
              Sets the strength of the psychovisual optimization.
                 rd=<0.0-10.0>
                      psy optimization strength (requires subq>=6) (default: 1.0)
                 trell=<0.0-10.0>
                      trellis (requires trellis, experimental) (default: 0.0)

       (no)psy
              Enable psychovisual optimizations that hurt PSNR and SSIM  but  ought  to  look  better  (default:
              enabled).

       deadzone_inter=<0-32>
              Set  the  size of the inter luma quantization deadzone for non-trellis quantization (default: 21).
              Lower  values  help  to  preserve  fine  details  and  film  grain  (typically  useful  for   high
              bitrate/quality  encode),  while higher values help filter out these details to save bits that can
              be spent again on other macroblocks and frames (typically useful for bitrate-starved encodes).  It
              is recommended that you start by tweaking deadzone_intra before changing this parameter.

       deadzone_intra=<0-32>
              Set  the  size of the intra luma quantization deadzone for non-trellis quantization (default: 11).
              This option has the same effect as deadzone_inter except that it  affects  intra  frames.   It  is
              recommended that you start by tweaking this parameter before changing deadzone_inter.

       (no)fast_pskip
              Performs  early  skip detection in P-frames (default: enabled).  This usually improves speed at no
              cost, but it can sometimes produce artifacts in areas with no details, like sky.

       (no)dct_decimate
              Eliminate dct blocks in P-frames containing only a small single  coefficient  (default:  enabled).
              This  will  remove  some  details,  so  it will save bits that can be spent again on other frames,
              hopefully raising overall subjective quality.  If you are compressing  non-anime  content  with  a
              high target bitrate, you may want to disable this to preserve as much detail as possible.

       nr=<0-100000>
              Noise  reduction,  0  means disabled.  100-1000 is a useful range for typical content, but you may
              want to turn it up a bit more for very noisy content (default: 0).   Given  its  small  impact  on
              speed,  you  might  want  to  prefer to use this over filtering noise away with video filters like
              denoise3d or hqdn3d.

       chroma_qp_offset=<-12-12>
              Use a different quantizer for chroma as compared to luma.  Useful values are in the  range  <-2-2>
              (default: 0).

       aq_mode=<0-2>
              Defines how adaptive quantization (AQ) distributes bits:
                 0    disabled
                 1    Avoid moving bits between frames.
                 2    Move bits between frames (by default).

       aq_strength=<positive float value>
              Controls  how  much  adaptive quantization (AQ) reduces blocking and blurring in flat and textured
              areas (default: 1.0).  A value of 0.5 will lead to weak AQ and less details, when a value  of  1.5
              will lead to strong AQ and more details.

       cqm=<flat|jvt|<filename>>
              Either uses a predefined custom quantization matrix or loads a JM format matrix file.
                 flat
                      Use the predefined flat 16 matrix (default).
                 jvt
                      Use the predefined JVT matrix.
                 <filename>
                      Use the provided JM format matrix file.
              NOTE:  Windows CMD.EXE users may experience problems with parsing the command line if they attempt
              to use all the CQM lists.  This is due to a command line length limitation.  In this  case  it  is
              recommended the lists be put into a JM format CQM file and loaded as specified above.

       cqm4iy=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom  4x4  intra  luminance  matrix,  given  as a list of 16 comma separated values in the 1-255
              range.

       cqm4ic=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom 4x4 intra chrominance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma separated  values  in  the  1-255
              range.

       cqm4py=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom  4x4  inter  luminance  matrix,  given  as a list of 16 comma separated values in the 1-255
              range.

       cqm4pc=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom 4x4 inter chrominance matrix, given as a list of 16 comma separated  values  in  the  1-255
              range.

       cqm8iy=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom  8x8  intra  luminance  matrix,  given  as a list of 64 comma separated values in the 1-255
              range.

       cqm8py=<list> (also see cqm)
              Custom 8x8 inter luminance matrix, given as a list of 64  comma  separated  values  in  the  1-255
              range.

       level_idc=<10-51>
              Set  the  bitstream's level as defined by annex A of the H.264 standard (default: 51 - level 5.1).
              This is used for telling the decoder what capabilities it needs to support.   Use  this  parameter
              only if you know what it means, and you have a need to set it.

       (no)cpu_independent
              Ensure  exact  reproducibility  across different CPUs instead of chosing different algorithms when
              available/better (default:enabled).

       threads=<0-16>
              Spawn threads to encode in parallel on multiple CPUs (default: 0).  This has a slight  penalty  to
              compression  quality.   0  or  'auto'  tells  x264  to  detect  how many CPUs you have and pick an
              appropriate number of threads.

       (no)sliced_threads
              Use slice-based threading (default: disabled).  Unlike  normal  threading,  this  option  adds  no
              encoding latency, but is slightly slower and less effective at compression.

       slice_max_size=<0 or positive integer>
              Maximum slice size in bytes (default: 0).  A value of zero disables the maximum.

       slice_max_mbs=<0 or positive integer>
              Maximum slice size in number of macroblocks (default: 0).  A value of zero disables the maximum.

       slices=<0 or positive integer>
              Maximum number of slices per frame (default: 0).  A value of zero disables the maximum.

       sync_lookahead=<0-250>
              Adjusts  the  size  of  the  threaded  lookahead  buffer  (default: 0).  0 or 'auto' tells x264 to
              automatically determine buffer size.

       (no)deterministic
              Use only deterministic optimizations with multithreaded encoding (default: enabled).

       (no)global_header
              Causes SPS and PPS to appear only once, at the beginning of  the  bitstream  (default:  disabled).
              Some  players,  such as the Sony PSP, require the use of this option.  The default behavior causes
              SPS and PPS to repeat prior to each IDR frame.

       (no)tff
              Enable interlaced mode, top field first (default: disabled)

       (no)bff
              Enable interlaced mode, bottom field first (default: disabled)

       nal_hrd=<none|vbr|cbr>
              Signal HRD information (requires vbv_bufsize) (default: none).

       (no)pic_struct
              Force pic_struct in Picture Timing SEI (default: disabled).

       (no)constrained_intra
              Enable constrained intra prediction (default: disabled).  This significantly reduces  compression,
              but is required for the base layer of SVC encodes.

       output_csp=<i420|i422|i444|rgb>
              Specify output colorspace (default: i420).

       (no)aud
              Write  access  unit delimeters to the stream (default: disabled).  Enable this only if your target
              container format requires access unit delimiters.

       overscan=<undef|show|crop>
              Include VUI overscan information in the stream (default: disabled).  See doc/vui.txt in  the  x264
              source code for more information.

       videoformat=<component|pal|ntsc|secam|mac|undef>
              Include  VUI  video  format  information  in  the  stream  (default:  disabled).  This is a purely
              informative setting for describing the original source.  See doc/vui.txt in the x264  source  code
              for more information.

       (no)fullrange
              Include  VUI  full  range  information in the stream (default: disabled).  Use this option if your
              source video is not range limited.  See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more information.

       colorprim=<bt709|bt470m|bt470bg|smpte170m|smpte240m|film|undef>
              Include color primaries information (default: disabled).  This can be used for  color  correction.
              See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more information.

       transfer=<bt709|bt470m|bt470bg|linear|log100|log316|smpte170m|smpte240m>
              Include  VUI  transfer characteristics information in the stream (default: disabled).  This can be
              used for color correction.  See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more information.

       colormatrix=<bt709|fcc|bt470bg|smpte170m|smpte240m|GBR|YCgCo>
              Include VUI matrix coefficients in the stream (default: disabled).  This can  be  used  for  color
              correction.  See doc/vui.txt in the x264 source code for more information.

       chromaloc=<0-5>
              Include VUI chroma sample location information in the stream (default: disabled).  Use this option
              to ensure alignment of the chroma and luma planes after color space conversions.  See  doc/vui.txt
              in the x264 source code for more information.

       log=<-1-3>
              Adjust the amount of logging info printed to the screen.
                 -1   none
                  0   Print errors only.
                  1   warnings
                  2   PSNR and other analysis statistics when the encode finishes (default)
                  3   PSNR, QP, frametype, size, and other statistics for every frame

       (no)psnr
              Print signal-to-noise ratio statistics.
              NOTE:  The  'Y', 'U', 'V', and 'Avg' PSNR fields in the summary are not mathematically sound (they
              are simply the average of per-frame PSNRs).  They are kept only for comparison to the JM reference
              codec.   For  all  other  purposes,  please  use  either the 'Global' PSNR, or the per-frame PSNRs
              printed by log=3.

       (no)ssim
              Print the Structural Similarity Metric results.  This is an alternative to PSNR, and may be better
              correlated with the perceived quality of the compressed video.

       (no)visualize
              Enable  x264 visualizations during encoding.  If the x264 on your system supports it, a new window
              will be opened during the encoding process, in which x264 will attempt to present an  overview  of
              how each frame gets encoded.  Each block type on the visualized movie will be colored as follows:

       dump_yuv=<file name>
              Dump YUV frames to the specified file.  For debugging use.
                 red/pink
                      intra block
                 blue
                      inter block
                 green
                      skip block
                 yellow
                      B-block
              This  feature  can be considered experimental and subject to change.  In particular, it depends on
              x264 being compiled with visualizations enabled.  Note that as of writing this, x264 pauses  after
              encoding  and visualizing each frame, waiting for the user to press a key, at which point the next
              frame will be encoded.

   xvfw (-xvfwopts)
       Encoding with Video for Windows codecs is mostly obsolete unless you  wish  to  encode  to  some  obscure
       fringe codec.

       codec=<name>
              The name of the binary codec file with which to encode.

       compdata=<file>
              The name of the codec settings file (like firstpass.mcf) created by vfw2menc.

   MPEG muxer (-mpegopts)
       The  MPEG muxer can generate 5 types of streams, each of which has reasonable default parameters that the
       user can override.  Generally, when generating MPEG files, it is advisable to disable  MEncoder's  frame-
       skip code (see -noskip, -mc as well as the harddup and softskip video filters).

       EXAMPLE:
                 format=mpeg2:tsaf:vbitrate=8000

       format=<mpeg1 | mpeg2 | xvcd | xsvcd | dvd | pes1 | pes2>
              stream  format  (default:  mpeg2).   pes1  and pes2 are very broken formats (no pack header and no
              padding), but VDR uses them; do not choose them unless you know exactly what you are doing.

       size=<up to 65535>
              Pack size in bytes, do not change unless you know exactly what you are doing (default: 2048).

       muxrate=<int>
              Nominal muxrate in kbit/s used in the pack headers (default:  1800  kb/s).   Will  be  updated  as
              necessary in the case of 'format=mpeg1' or 'mpeg2'.

       tsaf
              Sets  timestamps  on all frames, if possible; recommended when format=dvd.  If dvdauthor complains
              with a message like "..audio sector out of range...", you probably did not enable this option.

       interleaving2
              Uses a better algorithm to interleave audio and video packets, based on  the  principle  that  the
              muxer will always try to fill the stream with the largest percentage of free space.

       vdelay=<1-32760>
              Initial  video  delay  time,  in milliseconds (default: 0), use it if you want to delay video with
              respect to audio.  It doesn't work with :drop.

       adelay=<1-32760>
              Initial audio delay time, in milliseconds (default: 0), use it if you want  to  delay  audio  with
              respect to video.

       drop
              When used with vdelay the muxer drops the part of audio that was anticipated.

       vwidth, vheight=<1-4095>
              Set the video width and height when video is MPEG-1/2.

       vpswidth, vpsheight=<1-4095>
              Set pan and scan video width and height when video is MPEG-2.

       vaspect=<1 | 4/3 | 16/9 | 221/100>
              Sets  the  display aspect ratio for MPEG-2 video.  Do not use it on MPEG-1 or the resulting aspect
              ratio will be completely wrong.

       vbitrate=<int>
              Sets the video bitrate in kbit/s for MPEG-1/2 video.

       vframerate=<24000/1001 | 24 | 25 | 30000/1001 | 30 | 50 | 60000/1001 | 60 >
              Sets the framerate for MPEG-1/2 video.  This option will be ignored  if  used  with  the  telecine
              option.

       telecine
              Enables  3:2  pulldown  soft  telecine mode: The muxer will make the video stream look like it was
              encoded at 30000/1001 fps.  It  only  works  with  MPEG-2  video  when  the  output  framerate  is
              24000/1001 fps, convert it with -ofps if necessary.  Any other framerate is incompatible with this
              option.

       film2pal
              Enables FILM to PAL and NTSC to PAL soft telecine mode: The muxer will make the video stream  look
              like  it  was  encoded  at  25  fps.  It only works with MPEG-2 video when the output framerate is
              24000/1001 fps, convert it with -ofps if necessary.  Any other framerate is incompatible with this
              option.

       tele_src and tele_dest
              Enables  arbitrary  telecining  using  Donand  Graft's  DGPulldown  code.  You need to specify the
              original and the desired framerate; the muxer will make the video stream look like it was  encoded
              at  the  desired  framerate.   It only works with MPEG-2 video when the input framerate is smaller
              than the output framerate and the framerate increase is <= 1.5.

              EXAMPLE:
                 tele_src=25,tele_dest=30000/1001
                      PAL to NTSC telecining

       vbuf_size=<40-1194>
              Sets the size of the video decoder's buffer, expressed in  kilobytes.   Specify  it  only  if  the
              bitrate  of the video stream is too high for the chosen format and if you know perfectly well what
              you are doing.  A too high value may lead to  an  unplayable  movie,  depending  on  the  player's
              capabilities.  When muxing HDTV video a value of 400 should suffice.

       abuf_size=<4-64>
              Sets  the  size  of the audio decoder's buffer, expressed in kilobytes.  The same principle as for
              vbuf_size applies.

   FFmpeg libavformat demuxers (-lavfdopts)
       analyzeduration=<value>
              Maximum length in seconds to analyze the stream properties.

       format=<value>
              Force a specific libavformat demuxer.

       o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass AVOptions to libavformat demuxer.  Note, a patch to make the o= unneeded and pass all unknown
              options  through  the  AVOption  system  is welcome.  A full list of AVOptions can be found in the
              FFmpeg manual.  Note that some options may conflict with MPlayer/MEncoder options.

              EXAMPLE:
                 o=ignidx

       probesize=<value>
              Maximum amount of data to probe during the detection phase.  In the case  of  MPEG-TS  this  value
              identifies the maximum number of TS packets to scan.

       cryptokey=<hexstring>
              Encryption  key  the  demuxer  should  use.  This is the raw binary data of the key converted to a
              hexadecimal string.

   FFmpeg libavformat muxers (-lavfopts) (also see -of lavf)
       delay=<value>
              Currently only meaningful  for  MPEG[12]:  Maximum  allowed  distance,  in  seconds,  between  the
              reference timer of the output stream (SCR) and the decoding timestamp (DTS) for any stream present
              (demux to decode delay).  Default is 0.7 (as mandated by the standards defined by  MPEG).   Higher
              values require larger buffers and must not be used.

       format=<container_format>
              Override which container format to mux into (default: autodetect from output file extension).
                 mpg
                      MPEG-1 systems and MPEG-2 PS
                 asf
                      Advanced Streaming Format
                 avi
                      Audio Video Interleave file
                 wav
                      Waveform Audio
                 swf
                      Macromedia Flash
                 flv
                      Macromedia Flash video files
                 rm
                      RealAudio and RealVideo
                 au
                      SUN AU format
                 nut
                      NUT open container format (experimental)
                 mov
                      QuickTime
                 mp4
                      MPEG-4 format
                 ipod
                      MPEG-4 format with extra header flags required by Apple iPod firmware
                 dv
                      Sony Digital Video container
                 matroska
                      Matroska

       muxrate=<rate>
              Nominal  bitrate  of  the  multiplex,  in  bits  per  second;  currently it is meaningful only for
              MPEG[12].  Sometimes raising it is necessary in order to avoid "buffer underflows".

       o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass AVOptions to libavformat muxer.  Note, a patch to make the o= unneeded and pass  all  unknown
              options  through  the  AVOption  system  is welcome.  A full list of AVOptions can be found in the
              FFmpeg manual.  Note that some options may conflict with MEncoder options.

              EXAMPLE:
                 o=packetsize=100

       packetsize=<size>
              Size, expressed in bytes, of the unitary packet for the chosen format.  When  muxing  to  MPEG[12]
              implementations the default values are: 2324 for [S]VCD, 2048 for all others formats.

       preload=<distance>
              Currently  only meaningful for MPEG[12]: Initial distance, in seconds, between the reference timer
              of the output stream (SCR) and the decoding timestamp (DTS)  for  any  stream  present  (demux  to
              decode delay).

ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES

       There  are  a  number  of  environment  variables that can be used to control the behavior of MPlayer and
       MEncoder.

       MPLAYER_CHARSET (also see -msgcharset)
              Convert console messages to the specified charset (default:  autodetect).   A  value  of  "noconv"
              means no conversion.

       MPLAYER_HOME
              Directory where MPlayer looks for user settings.

       MPLAYER_VERBOSE (also see -v and -msglevel)
              Set  the initial verbosity level across all message modules (default: 0).  The resulting verbosity
              corresponds to that of -msglevel 5 plus the value of MPLAYER_VERBOSE.

   libaf:
       LADSPA_PATH
              If LADSPA_PATH is set, it searches for the specified file.  If it is not set, you  must  supply  a
              fully specified pathname.  FIXME: This is also mentioned in the ladspa section.

   libdvdcss:
       DVDCSS_CACHE
              Specify  a  directory in which to store title key values.  This will speed up descrambling of DVDs
              which are in the cache.  The DVDCSS_CACHE directory is  created  if  it  does  not  exist,  and  a
              subdirectory is created named after the DVD's title or manufacturing date.  If DVDCSS_CACHE is not
              set or is empty, libdvdcss will use the default value which is "${HOME}/.dvdcss/" under  Unix  and
              "C:\Documents  and  Settings\$USER\Application Data\dvdcss\" under Win32.  The special value "off"
              disables caching.

       DVDCSS_METHOD
              Sets the authentication and decryption method that libdvdcss will use  to  read  scrambled  discs.
              Can be one of title, key or disc.
                 key
                      is  the default method.  libdvdcss will use a set of calculated player keys to try and get
                      the disc key.  This can fail if the drive does not recognize any of the player keys.
                 disc
                      is a fallback method when key has failed.  Instead of using player  keys,  libdvdcss  will
                      crack  the  disc  key  using  a  brute force algorithm.  This process is CPU intensive and
                      requires 64 MB of memory to store temporary data.
                 title
                      is the fallback when all other methods have failed.  It does not rely on  a  key  exchange
                      with the DVD drive, but rather uses a crypto attack to guess the title key.  On rare cases
                      this may fail because there is not  enough  encrypted  data  on  the  disc  to  perform  a
                      statistical  attack, but in the other hand it is the only way to decrypt a DVD stored on a
                      hard disc, or a DVD with the wrong region on an RPC2 drive.

       DVDCSS_RAW_DEVICE
              Specify the raw device to use.  Exact usage will  depend  on  your  operating  system,  the  Linux
              utility to set up raw devices is raw(8) for instance.  Please note that on most operating systems,
              using a raw device requires highly aligned buffers: Linux requires a 2048 bytes  alignment  (which
              is the size of a DVD sector).

       DVDCSS_VERBOSE
              Sets the libdvdcss verbosity level.
                 0    Outputs no messages at all.
                 1    Outputs error messages to stderr.
                 2    Outputs error messages and debug messages to stderr.

       DVDREAD_NOKEYS
              Skip retrieving all keys on startup.  Currently disabled.

       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

   libao2:
       AO_SUN_DISABLE_SAMPLE_TIMING
              FIXME: Document this.

       AUDIODEV
              FIXME: Document this.

       AUDIOSERVER
              Specifies  the Network Audio System server to which the nas audio output driver should connect and
              the transport that should be used.  If unset DISPLAY is used instead.  The transport can be one of
              tcp    and    unix.    Syntax   is   tcp/<somehost>:<someport>,   <somehost>:<instancenumber>   or
              [unix]:<instancenumber>.  The NAS base port is 8000 and <instancenumber> is added to that.

              EXAMPLES:
                 AUDIOSERVER=somehost:0
                      Connect to NAS server on somehost using default port and transport.
                 AUDIOSERVER=tcp/somehost:8000
                      Connect to NAS server on somehost listening on TCP port 8000.
                 AUDIOSERVER=(unix)?:0
                      Connect to NAS server instance 0 on localhost using unix domain sockets.

       DISPLAY
              FIXME: Document this.

   vidix:
       VIDIX_CRT
              FIXME: Document this.

       VIDIXIVTVALPHA
              Set this to 'disable' in order to stop the VIDIX driver from controlling  alphablending  settings.
              You can then manipulate it yourself with 'ivtvfbctl'.

   osdep:
       TERM   FIXME: Document this.

   libvo:
       DISPLAY
              FIXME: Document this.

       FRAMEBUFFER
              FIXME: Document this.

       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

   libmpdemux:
       HOME   FIXME: Document this.

       HOMEPATH
              FIXME: Document this.

       http_proxy
              FIXME: Document this.

       LOGNAME
              FIXME: Document this.

       USERPROFILE
              FIXME: Document this.

   GUI:
       DISPLAY
              The name of the display to which the GUI should connect.

       HOME   The home directory of the current user.

   libavformat:
       AUDIO_FLIP_LEFT
              FIXME: Document this.

       BKTR_DEV
              FIXME: Document this.

       BKTR_FORMAT
              FIXME: Document this.

       BKTR_FREQUENCY
              FIXME: Document this.

       http_proxy
              FIXME: Document this.

       no_proxy
              FIXME: Document this.

FILES

       /usr/local/etc/mplayer/mplayer.conf
              MPlayer system-wide settings

       /usr/local/etc/mplayer/mencoder.conf
              MEncoder system-wide settings

       ~/.mplayer/config
              MPlayer user settings

       ~/.mplayer/mencoder.conf
              MEncoder user settings

       ~/.mplayer/input.conf
              input bindings (see '-input keylist' for the full list)

       ~/.mplayer/gui.conf
              GUI configuration file

       ~/.mplayer/gui.history
              GUI directory history

       ~/.mplayer/gui.pl
              GUI playlist

       ~/.mplayer/gui.url
              GUI URL list

       ~/.mplayer/font/
              font directory (There must be a font.desc file and files with .RAW extension.)

       ~/.mplayer/DVDkeys/
              cached CSS keys

EXAMPLES OF MPLAYER USAGE

       Quickstart Blu-ray playing:
       mplayer br:////path/to/disc
       mplayer br:// -bluray-device /path/to/disc

       Quickstart DVD playing:
       mplayer dvd://1

       Play in Japanese with English subtitles:
       mplayer dvd://1 -alang ja -slang en

       Play only chapters 5, 6, 7:
       mplayer dvd://1 -chapter 5-7

       Play only titles 5, 6, 7:
       mplayer dvd://5-7

       Play a multiangle DVD:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvdangle 2

       Play from a different DVD device:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvd-device /dev/dvd2

       Play DVD video from a directory with VOB files:
       mplayer dvd://1 -dvd-device /path/to/directory/

       Copy a DVD title to hard disk, saving to file title1.vob :
       mplayer dvd://1 -dumpstream -dumpfile title1.vob

       Play a DVD with dvdnav from path /dev/sr1:
       mplayer dvdnav:////dev/sr1

       Stream from HTTP:
       mplayer http://mplayer.hq/example.avi

       Stream using RTSP:
       mplayer rtsp://server.example.com/streamName

       Convert subtitles to MPsub format:
       mplayer dummy.avi -sub source.sub -dumpmpsub

       Convert subtitles to MPsub format without watching the movie:
       mplayer /dev/zero -rawvideo pal:fps=xx -demuxer rawvideo -vc null -vo null -noframedrop -benchmark -sub source.sub -dumpmpsub

       input from standard V4L:
       mplayer tv:// -tv driver=v4l:width=640:height=480:outfmt=i420 -vc rawi420 -vo xv

       Playback on Zoran cards (old style, deprecated):
       mplayer -vo zr -vf scale=352:288 file.avi

       Playback on Zoran cards (new style):
       mplayer -vo zr2 -vf scale=352:288,zrmjpeg file.avi

       Play DTS-CD with passthrough:
       mplayer -ac hwdts -rawaudio format=0x2001 -cdrom-device /dev/cdrom cdda://
       You can also use -afm hwac3 instead of -ac hwdts.  Adjust '/dev/cdrom' to match the CD-ROM device on your
       system.  If your external receiver supports decoding raw DTS  streams,  you  can  directly  play  it  via
       cdda:// without setting format, hwac3 or hwdts.

       Play a 6-channel AAC file with only two speakers:
       mplayer -rawaudio format=0xff -demuxer rawaudio -af pan=2:.32:.32:.39:.06:.06:.39:.17:-.17:-.17:.17:.33:.33 adts_he-aac160_51.aac
       You  might want to play a bit with the pan values (e.g multiply with a value) to increase volume or avoid
       clipping.

       checkerboard invert with geq filter:
       mplayer -vf geq='128+(p(X\,Y)-128)*(0.5-gt(mod(X/SW\,128)\,64))*(0.5-gt(mod(Y/SH\,128)\,64))*4'

EXAMPLES OF MENCODER USAGE

       Encode DVD title #2, only selected chapters:
       mencoder dvd://2 -chapter 10-15 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       Encode DVD title #2, resizing to 640x480:
       mencoder dvd://2 -vf scale=640:480 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       Encode DVD title #2, resizing to 512xHHH (keep aspect ratio):
       mencoder dvd://2 -vf scale -zoom -xy 512 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       The same, but with bitrate set to 1800kbit and optimized macroblocks:
       mencoder dvd://2 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800

       The same, but with MJPEG compression:
       mencoder dvd://2 -o title2.avi -oac copy -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mjpeg:mbd=1:vbitrate=1800

       Encode all *.jpg files in the current directory:
       mencoder "mf://*.jpg" -mf fps=25 -o output.avi -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4

       Encode from a tuner (specify a format with -vf format):
       mencoder -tv driver=v4l:width=640:height=480 tv:// -o tv.avi -ovc raw

       Encode from a pipe:
       rar p test-SVCD.rar | mencoder -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:vbitrate=800 -ofps 24 -

BUGS

       Don't panic.  If you find one, report it  to  us,  but  please  make  sure  you  have  read  all  of  the
       documentation  first.   Also  look  out  for  smileys.  :) Many bugs are the result of incorrect setup or
       parameter usage.  The bug reporting section of the  documentation  (http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/
       bugreports.html) explains how to create useful bug reports.

AUTHORS

       MPlayer  was  initially  written  by Arpad Gereoffy.  See the AUTHORS file for a list of some of the many
       other contributors.

       MPlayer is (C) 2000-2012 The MPlayer Team

       This man page was written mainly by Gabucino, Jonas Jermann and Diego Biurrun.  It is maintained by Diego
       Biurrun.  Please send mails about it to the MPlayer-DOCS mailing list.  Translation specific mails belong
       on the MPlayer-translations mailing list.